UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 20202021

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM          TO         

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 1-11151

U.S. PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)


NEVADA 76-0364866
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION
OR ORGANIZATION)
 (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)

1300 WEST SAM HOUSTON PARKWAY SOUTH,
SUITE 300,
HOUSTON, TEXAS
 77042
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) (ZIP CODE)

REGISTRANT’S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (713) 297-7000
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT:

Title of Each ClassTrading SymbolName of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $.01 par valueUSPHNew York Stock Exchange

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT: NONE



Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filerAccelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company
  Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.   ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes   No

The aggregate market value of the shares of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant at June 30, 20202021 was $565.3$838 million based on the closing sale price reported on the NYSE for the registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2020,2021, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. For purposes of this computation, all executive officers, directors and 5% or greater beneficial owners of the registrant were deemed to be affiliates. Such determination should not be deemed an admission that such executive officers, directors and beneficial owners are, in fact, affiliates of the registrant.

As of March 1, 2021,2022, the number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock, par value $.01 per share, was: 12,897,096.12,950,588.





DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

DOCUMENTPART OF FORM 10-K
Portions of Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of ShareholdersPart III




Table of Contents

  Page
PART I  
Item 1.42
Item 1A.1512
Item 1B.2218
Item 2.2218
Item 3.2219
Item 4.2319
  
PART II
  
Item 5.2319
Item 6.2522
Item 7.4036
Item 8.4137
 4944
Item 9.7467
Item 9A.7467
Item 9B.7568
   
PART III
  
Item 10.7568
Item 11.7568
Item 12.7568
Item 13.7569
Item 14.7569
   
PART IV
  
Item 15.7569
Item 16.7569
8276

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We make statements in this report that are considered to be forward-looking statements within the meaning given such term under Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These statements contain forward-looking information relating to the financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business of our Company. These statements (often using words such as “believes”, “expects”, “intends”, “plans”, “appear”, “should” and similar words) involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those we project. Included among such statements are those relating to opening clinics, availability of personnel and the reimbursement environment. The forward-looking statements are based on our current views and assumptions, and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements as a result of certain risks, uncertainties, and factors, which include, but are not limited to:
business can be affected by certain risks, uncertainties and factors which include, but are not limited to:

the multiple effects of the impact of public health crises and epidemics/pandemics, such as the novel strain of COVID-19 (coronavirus)and its variants, for which the total financial magnitude cannot be currently estimated;
changes as the result of government enacted national healthcare reform;
changes in Medicare rules and guidelines and reimbursement or failure of our clinics to maintain their Medicare certification and/or enrollment status, including Medicare reimbursement reductions.status;
revenue we receive from Medicare and Medicaid being subject to potential retroactive reduction;
businesschanges in reimbursement rates or payment methods from third party payors including government agencies, and regulatory conditions including federalchanges in the deductibles and state regulations;
governmental and other third-party payor inspections, reviews, investigations and audits, which may result in sanctions or reputational harm and increased costs;co-pays owed by patients;
compliance with federal and state laws and regulations relating to the privacy of individually identifiable patient information, and associated fines and penalties for failure to comply;
competitive, economic or reimbursement conditions in our markets which may require us to reorganize or close certain clinics and thereby incur losses and/or closure costs including the possible write-down or write-off of goodwill and other intangible assets;
the impact of COVID-19 related vaccination and/or testing mandates at the federal, state and/or local level, which could have an adverse impact on staffing, revenue, costs and the results of operations:
changes in reimbursement rates or payment methods fromas the result of government enacted national healthcare reform;
business and regulatory conditions including federal and state regulations;
governmental and other third party payors including government agencies,payor inspections, reviews, investigations and changesaudits, which may result in the deductiblessanctions or reputational harm and co-pays owed by patients;increased costs;
revenue and earnings expectations;
legal actions, which could subject us to increased operating costs and uninsured liabilities;
general economic conditions;
availability and cost of qualified physical therapists;
personnel productivity and retaining key personnel;
competitive economic or reimbursement conditions in our markets which may require us to reorganize or close certain clinics and thereby incur losses and/or closure costs including the possible write-down or write-off of goodwill and other intangible assets;
competitive environment in the industrial injury prevention services business, which could result in the termination or non-renewal of contractual service arrangements and other adverse financial consequences for that service line;
acquisitions, purchase of non-controlling interests (minority interests) and the successful integration of the operations of the acquired businesses;businesses;
impact on the business and cash reserves resulting from retirement or resignation of key partners and resulting purchase of their non-controlling interest (minority interests);
maintaining our information technology systems with adequate safeguards to protect against cyber-attacks;
a security breach of our or our third party vendors’ information technology systems may subject us to potential legal action and reputational harm and may result in a violation of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 of the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act;
maintaining clients for which we perform management and other services, as a breach or termination of those contractual arrangements by such clients could cause operating results to be less than expected;
maintaining adequate internal controls;controls;
maintaining necessary insurance coverage;
availability, terms, and use of capital; and
weather and other seasonal factors.

Many factors are beyond our control. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Please see the other sections of this report and our other periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for more information on these factors. Our forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this report. Except as required by law, we are under no obligation to update any forward-looking statement, regardless of the reason the statement may no longer be accurate.


PART I

ITEM 1.BUSINESS.

GENERAL

Our Company,
U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. and subsidiaries (“we”, “us”, “our” or the “Company”), operates its business through two reportable business segments. Our reportable segments include the physical therapy operations segment and the industrial injury prevention services segment. Our Company, through itsThrough our subsidiaries, operateswe operate outpatient physical therapy clinics that provide pre-and post-operative care for a variety of orthopedic-related disorders and sports-related injuries, treatment for neurological-related injuries and rehabilitation of injured workers. We primarily operate through subsidiary clinic partnerships in which we generally own a 1% general partnership interest and a 10% to 99% limited partnership interest and the managing therapist(s) of the clinics owns the remaining limited partnership interest in the majority of the clinics (hereinafter referred to as “Clinic Partnerships”). To a lesser extent, we operate some clinics through wholly-owned subsidiaries under profit sharing arrangements with therapists (hereinafter referred to as “Wholly-Owned Facilities”). We also have a majority interest in a company businesses which is aare leading providers of industrial injury prevention services. Services provided in this business include onsite injury prevention and rehabilitation, performance optimization, post-offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations and ergonomic assessments. The majority of these services are contracted with and paid for directly by employers, including a number of Fortune 500 companies. Other clients include large insurers and their contractors. These services are performed through Industrial Sports Medicine Professionals, consisting of both physical therapists and specialized certified athletic trainers (ATCs).

Our strategy isPrior to acquire multi-clinic outpatient physical therapy practices, to develop outpatient physical therapy clinics as satellites in existing partnerships, and to continue to acquire companies that provide industrial injury prevention services. At December 31,the second quarter of 2020, we operated 554 clinicsas a single segment. All prior year segment information has been reclassified to conform to the current segment presentation.

We were re-incorporated in 39 states. The average ageApril 1992 under the laws of the 554 clinicsState of Nevada and have operating subsidiaries organized in operation at December 31, 2020 was 11.03 years. Our highest concentration of clinics arevarious states in the following states:form of limited partnerships, limited liability companies and wholly-owned corporations. This description of our business should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes contained in Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our principal executive offices are located at 1300 West Sam Houston Parkway South, Suite 300, Houston, Texas Tennessee, Michigan, Virginia, Florida, Oregon, Maryland, Georgia, Pennsylvania, Arizona, Idaho and Missouri. In addition to our 554 clinics, at December 31, 2020, we also managed 38 physical therapy practices for unrelated physician groups and hospitals, and operated the industrial injury prevention business, as described below.77042. Our telephone number is (713) 297-7000. Our website is www.usph.com.

Acquisitions of Businesses and Acquired Interests

During the last three years we completed the following acquisitions:acquisitions of seven clinic practices and three industrial injury prevention services businesses as detailed below.

Acquisition Date 
% Interest
Acquired
 
Number of
Clinics
 Date % Interest
Acquired
 
Number of
Clinics
December 2021 Acquisition December 31, 2021 75% 3
November 2021 Acquisition November 30, 2021 70% *
September 2021 Acquisition September 30, 2021 100% *
June 2021 Acquisition June 30, 2021 65% 8
March 2021 Acquisition March 31, 2021 70% 6
November 2020 Acquisition November 30, 2020 75% 3 November 30, 2020 75% 3
September 2020 Acquisition September 30, 2020 70% * September 30, 2020 70% **
February 2020 Acquisition February 27, 2020 65% ** 4 February 27, 2020 65% *** 4
September 2019 Acquisition September 30, 2019 67% 11 September 30, 2019 67% 11
August 2018 Acquisition August 31, 2018 70% 4
April 2019 Acquisition April 11, 2019 100% *

*Industrial injury prevention services business
**The business includes six management and services contracts which have been in place for a number of years. As of the date acquired, the contracts had a remaining term of approximately five years as of the date acquired.years.

***The four clinics are in four separate partnerships.  The Company's interest in the four partnerships range from 10.0% to 83.8%, with an overall 65.0% based on the initial purchase transaction.

In additionPhysical Therapy Operations

We primarily operate through subsidiary clinic partnerships in which we generally own a 1% general partnership interest and a 10% to 99% limited partnership interest and the above acquisitions, in March 2017, we acquired a 55%managing therapist(s) of the clinics owns the remaining limited partnership interest in the initial industrial injury prevention business. On April 30, 2018,majority of the clinics (hereinafter referred to as “Clinic Partnerships”). To a lesser extent, we acquired a 65% interest in another business in the industrial injury prevention sector and in connectionoperate some clinics through wholly-owned subsidiaries under profit sharing arrangements with the closing we combined the two businesses. After the combination, we owned a 59.45% interest in the combined business, Briotix Health, Limited Partnership (“Briotix Health”). On April 11, 2019, we acquired a third company that is a provider of industrial injury prevention services. This acquired company specializes in delivering injury prevention and care, post offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations and return-to-work services. It performs these services across a network in 45 states including onsite at eleven client locations. After the acquisition, the business was then combined with Briotix Health increasing our ownership position in Briotixtherapists (hereinafter referred to approximately 76.0%as “Wholly-Owned Facilities”).

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we sold 14 previously closed clinics. The aggregate sales price was $1.1 million, of which $0.7 million was paid in cash and $0.4 million in a note receivable, payable in two equal installments of principal and any accrued interest on June 15, 2021 and 2022.

Also during 2019, we purchased the assets and business of one physical therapy clinic in a separate transaction. The clinic operates as a satellite clinic of one of our existing partnerships. Besides the August 2018 multi-clinic acquisition referenced in the table above, we acquired five separate clinic practices that year through several of our majority owned Clinic Partnerships. These practices operate as satellites of the respective existing Clinic Partnerships.

We continue to seek to attract for employment physical therapists who have established relationships with physicians and other referral sources by offering these therapists a competitive salary and incentives based on the profitability of the clinic that they manage. For multi-site clinic practices in which a controlling interest is acquired by us, the prior owners typically continue on as employees to manage the clinic operations, retaining a non-controlling ownership interest in the clinics and receiving a competitive salary for managing the clinic operations. In addition, we have developed satellite clinic facilities as part of existing Clinic Partnershipsand Wholly-Owned Facilities, with the result that a substantial number of Clinic Partnerships and Wholly-Owned Facilities operate more than one clinic location. During 2021,2022, we intend to continue to acquire multi-clinic practices and to continue to develop outpatient physical therapy clinics as satellites in existing partnerships, along with increasing our patient volume through marketing and new programs.

Therapists at our clinics initially perform a comprehensive evaluation of each patient, which is then followed by a treatment plan specific to the injury as prescribed by the patient’s physician. The treatment plan may include a number of procedures, including therapeutic exercise, manual therapy techniques, ultrasound, electrical stimulation, hot packs, iontophoresis, education on management of daily life skills and home exercise programs. A clinic’s business primarily comes from referrals by local physicians. The principal sources of payment for the clinics’ services are managed care programs, commercial health insurance, Medicare/Medicaid and workers’ compensation insurance.

We were re-incorporated in April 1992 underBesides the laws of the State of Nevada and have operating subsidiaries organized in various statesmulti-clinic acquisitions referenced in the formtable above, during 2021 and 2020 we purchased the assets and business of limited partnerships, limited liability companies and wholly-owned corporations. This descriptionthree physical therapy clinics in separate transactions. The clinics operate as satellite clinics of three of our business should be readexisting clinic partnerships.
During the year ended December 31, 2021, we sold two clinics. The aggregate sales price was $0.1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we sold 14 previously closed clinics. The aggregate sales price was $1.1 million, of which $0.7 million was paid in conjunction with our financial statementscash and $0.4 million in a note receivable payable in two equal installments of principal and any accrued interest.  The first payment was received in June 2021 and the related notes containednext payment is due on June 15, 2022.
At December 31, 2021, we operated 591 clinics in Item 839 states. Our highest concentration of clinics are in this Annual Reportthe following states: Texas, Tennessee, Michigan, Virginia, Florida, Oregon, Maryland, Georgia, Pennsylvania, Arizona, Idaho, Missouri and South Carolina. In addition to our 591 clinics, on Form 10-K. Our principal executive offices are located at 1300 West Sam Houston Parkway South, Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77042. Our telephone number is (713) 297-7000. Our website is  www.usph.com.December 31, 2021, we also managed 35 physical therapy practices for unrelated physician groups and hospitals.

OUR CLINICSOur Clinics

Most of our clinics are operated as Clinic Partnerships in which we own the general partnership interest and a majority of the limited partnership interests. The managing healthcare practitioner of the clinics usually owns a portion of the limited partnership interests. Generally, the therapist partners have no interest in the net losses of Clinic Partnerships, except to the extent of their capital accounts. Since we also develop satellite clinic facilities of existing clinics, most Clinic Partnerships consist of more than one clinic location. As of December 31, 2020,2021, through wholly-owned subsidiaries, we owned a 1% general partnership interest in all the Clinic Partnerships. Our limited partnership interests range from 10% to 99% in the Clinic Partnerships. For the vast majority of the Clinic Partnerships, the managing healthcare practitioner is a physical therapist who owns the remaining limited partnership interest in the Clinic Partnership.

For our Clinic Partnership agreements related to those in which we acquired a majority interest, generally, the prior management continues to own a 10% to 50% interest.

Typically, each therapist partner or director, including those employed by Clinic Partnerships in which we acquired a majority interest, enters into an employment agreement for a term of up to five years with their Clinic Partnership. Each agreement typically provides for a covenant not to compete during the period of his or her employment and for up to two years thereafter. Under each employment agreement, the therapist partner receives a base salary and may receive a bonus based on the net revenues or profits generated by their Clinic Partnership or specific clinic. In the case of Clinic Partnerships, the therapist partner receives earnings distributions based upon their ownership interest. Upon termination of employment, we typically have the right but not the obligation, to purchase the therapist’s partnership interest in de novo Clinic Partnerships. Partnerships; for those Clinic Partnerships we created in connection with an acquisition, our partner also has the right to cause us to purchase their interest upon termination of their employment.

In connection with most of our acquired clinics, in the event that a limited minority partner’s employment ceases and certain requirements are met as detailed in the respective limited partnership agreements, we have a call right (the “Call Right”) and the selling entity or individual has a put right (the “Put Right”) with respect to the partner’s limited partnership interests. The Put Right and the Call Right do not expire, even upon an individual partner’s death, and contain no mandatory redemption feature. The purchase price of the partner’s limited partnership interest upon exercise of the Put Right or the Call Right is calculated at a predetermined multiple of earnings performance as detailed in the respective agreements.

Each Clinic Partnership maintains an independent local identity, while at the same time enjoying the benefits of national purchasing, negotiated third-party payor contracts, centralized support services and management practices. Under a management agreement, one of our subsidiaries provides a variety of support services to each clinic, including supervision of site selection, construction, clinic design and equipment selection, establishment of accounting systems and billing procedures and training of office support personnel, processing of accounts payable, operational direction, auditing of regulatory compliance, payroll, benefits administration, accounting services, legal services, quality assurance and marketing support.

Our typical clinic occupies 1,000 to 7,000 square feet of leased space in an office building or shopping center. There are 1417 clinics occupying space in the range of over 7,000 square feet to 13,500.square13,500 square feet. We attempt to lease ground level space for patient ease of access to our clinics.

Typical minimum staff at a clinic consists of a licensed physical therapist and an office manager. As patient visits grow, staffing may also include additional physical therapists, occupational therapists, therapy assistants, aides, exercise physiologists, athletic trainers and office personnel. Therapy services are performed under the supervision of a licensed therapist.

We provide services at our clinics on an outpatient basis. Patients are usually treated for approximately one hour per day, two to three times a week, typically for two to six weeks. We generally charge for treatment on a per procedure basis. Medicare patients are charged based on prescribed time increments and Medicare billing standards. In addition, our clinics will develop, when appropriate, individual maintenance and self-management exercise programs to be continued after treatment. We continually assess the potential for developing new services and expanding the methods of providing our existing services in the most efficient manner while providing high quality patient care.

Factors Influencing Demand For Physical Therapy Services provided in the industrial injury prevention services segment include onsite injury prevention and rehabilitation, performance optimization, post offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations, and ergonomic assessments. The majority of these services are contracted with and paid for directly by employers, including a number of Fortune 500 companies. Other clients include large insurers and their contractors. We perform these services through Industrial Sports Medicine Professionals, consisting of both physical therapists and specialized certified athletic trainers (ATCs).

FACTORS INFLUENCING DEMAND FOR PHYSICAL THERAPY SERVICES

We believe that the following factors, among others, influence the growth of outpatient physical therapy services:

Economic Benefits of Therapy Services. Purchasers and providers of healthcare services, such as insurance companies, healthmaintenance organizations, businesses and industries, continuously seek cost savings for traditional healthcare services. We believe that our therapy services provide a cost-effective way to prevent short-term disabilities from becoming chronic conditions, to help avoid invasive procedures, to speed recovery from surgery and musculoskeletal injuries and eliminate or minimize the need for opioids.

Earlier Hospital Discharge. Changes in health insurance reimbursement, both public and private, have encouraged the earlier discharge of patients to reduce costs. We believe that early hospital discharge practices foster greater demand for outpatient physical therapy services.

Aging Population. In general, the elderly population has a greater incidence of disability compared to the population as a whole. As this segment of the population continues to grow, we believe that demand for rehabilitation services will expand.

Increase in Obesity. Two of every three American men are considered to be overweight or obese and the rate continues to grow. The strain on a person’s body can be significant. Physical therapy services help the obese become more active and fit by teaching them how to move in ways that are pain free.

MARKETINGMarketing

We focus our marketing efforts primarily on physicians, including orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeons, physiatrists, internal medicine physicians, podiatrists, occupational medicine physicians and general practitioners. In marketing to the physician community, we emphasize our commitment to quality patient care and regular communication with physicians regarding patient progress. We employ personnel to assist clinic directors in developing and implementing marketing plans for the physician community and to assist in establishing relationships with health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations, case managers and insurance companies.

Industrial Injury Prevention Services

Services provided in the industrial injury prevention services segment include onsite injury prevention and rehabilitation, performance optimization, post offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations, and ergonomic assessments. The majority of these services are contracted with and paid for directly by employers, including a number of Fortune 500 companies. Other clients include large insurers and their contractors. Our Company performs these services through Industrial Sports Medicine Professionals, consisting of both physical therapists and ATCs.

In March 2017, we acquired a 55% interest in an initial industrial injury prevention services business. On April 30, 2018, we acquired a 65% interest in another business in the industrial injury prevention sector. On April 30, 2018, we combined the two businesses.  After the combination, we owned a 59.45% interest in the combined business, Briotix Health, Limited Partnership (“Briotix Health”).

On April 11, 2019, we acquired 100% of a third company that is a provider of industrial injury prevention services. The acquired company specializes in delivering injury prevention and care, post offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations and return-to-work services. It performs these services across a network in 45 states including onsite at eleven client locations. The business was then combined with Briotix Health increasing our ownership position in the partnership to approximately 76.0%.

On September 30, 2021, we acquired a company that specializes in return-to-work and ergonomic services, among other offerings and contributed those assets to industrial injury prevention services subsidiary. Subsequent to this acquisition and the purchase of the redeemable non-controlling interest of one of the limited partners, our ownership in Briotix Health is approximately 85%.

On November 30, 2021, we acquired an approximate 70.0% interest in a leading provider of industrial injury prevention services. The founders and owners retained the remaining interest. The initial purchase price for the approximate 70% equity interest, not inclusive of a $2.0 million contingent payment in conjunction with the acquisition if specified future operational objectives are met, was approximately $63.2 million.

SOURCES OF REVENUE FOR PHYSICAL THERAPY OPERATIONS

Physical Therapy Operations

Payor sources for physical therapy operations are primarily managed care programs, commercial health insurance, Medicare/Medicaid and workers’ compensation insurance. Commercial health insurance, Medicare and managed care programs generally provide coverage to patients utilizing our clinics after payment by the patients of normal deductibles and co-insurance payments. Workers’ compensation laws generally require employers to provide, directly or indirectly through insurance, costs of medical rehabilitation for their employees from work-related injuries and disabilities and, in some jurisdictions, mandatory vocational rehabilitation, usually without any deductibles, co-payments or cost sharing. Treatments for patients who are parties to personal injury cases are generally paid from the proceeds of settlements with insurance companies or from favorable judgments. If an unfavorable judgment is received, collection efforts are generally not pursued against the patient and the patient’s account is written-off against established reserves. Bad debt reserves relating to all receivable types are regularly reviewed and adjusted as appropriate.

The following table shows our payor mix for the years ended ($ in thousands):

  December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Payor 
Net Patient
Revenue
  Percentage  
Net Patient
Revenue
  Percentage  
Net Patient
Revenue
  Percentage 
                   
Managed Care Programs/ Commercial Health Insurance
 $209,129   47.7% $177,877   47.7% $204,051   47.1%
Medicare/Medicaid  155,122   35.4%  118,030   31.6%  132,611   30.6%
Workers' Compensation Insurance  44,549   10.2%  48,628   13.0%  63,542   14.7%
Other  29,530   6.7%  28,805   7.7%  33,141   7.6%
Total $438,330   100.0% $373,340   100.0% $433,345   100.0%
 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018 
Payor 
Net Patient
Revenue
  Percentage  
Net Patient
Revenue
  Percentage  
Net Patient
Revenue
  Percentage 
Managed Care Programs $104,513   28.0% $124,516   28.7% $134,748   32.3%
Commercial Health                        
Insurance  73,364   19.7%  79,535   18.4%  72,786   17.4%
Medicare/Medicaid  118,030   31.6%  132,611   30.6%  117,554   28.1%
Workers' Compensation                        
Insurance  48,628   13.0%  63,542   14.7%  59,942   14.4%
Other  28,805   7.7%  33,141   7.6%  32,673   7.8%
Total $373,340   100.0% $433,345   100.0% $417,703   100.0%

Our physical therapy business depends to a significant extent on our relationships with commercial health insurers, health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations and workers’ compensation insurers. In some geographical areas, our clinics must be approved as providers by key health maintenance organizations and preferred provider plans to obtain payments. Failure to obtain or maintain these approvals would adversely affect financial results.
During the year ended December 31, 2020,2021, approximately 35.3%37.3% of our visits and 31.6%35.4% of our net patient revenues wererevenue was from patients with Medicare or Medicaid program coverage. To receive Medicare reimbursement, a facility (Medicare Certified Rehabilitation Agency) or the individual therapist (Physical/Occupational Therapist in Private Practice) must meet applicable participation conditions set by the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) relating to the type of facility, equipment, recordkeeping, personnel and standards of medical care, and also must comply with all state and local laws. HHS, through Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) and designated agencies, periodically inspects or surveys clinics/providers for approval and/or compliance. We anticipate thatFailure of our newly developed and acquired clinics will become certifiedsubsidiaries to obtain or maintain certifications as Medicare providers or will be enrolledfailure to enroll as a group of physical/occupationoccupational therapists in a private practice. Failure to obtain or maintain this certification wouldpractice could adversely affect financial results.

The Medicare program reimburses outpatient rehabilitation providers based on the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule (‘‘MPFS’’(“MPFS”). For services provided in 2018,2017 through 2019, a 0.5% increase was applied to the fee schedule payment rates; for services provided in 2019, a 0.25% increase was applied to the fee schedule payment rates before applying the mandatory budget neutrality adjustment. For services provided in 2020 through 2025, a 0.0% percent update is expected to be applied each year to the fee schedule payment rates, before applying the mandatory budget neutrality adjustment. However, in

In the 2020 MPFS Final Rule, CMS proposed an increase torevised coding, documentation guidelines, and increased the code values for office/outpatient evaluation and management (E/M) codes and cuts to other codes to maintain budget neutrality of the MPFS. This changeMPFS beginning in code valuations was to become effective January 1, 2021 under2021. Under the 2021 MPFS Final Rule, CMS increased the values for the E/M office visit codes and cuts to other specialty codes to maintain budget neutrality. As a result, CMS projected a 9% decrease in fee schedule payment rates for therapy services set to take effect in 2021. However, Congress intervened with passage of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, and reimbursement for the codes applicable to physical/occupational therapy services wereprovided by our clinics received an estimated 3.5% decrease in the aggregate in payment from Medicare in calendar year 2021 as compared to 2020.

In the 2022 MPFS Final Rule published on November 2, 2021, there was to be reducedan approximately 3.75% reduction to Medicare payments for physical/occupational therapy services.  This was due to the expiration of the additional funding to the conversion factor provided by approximately 9%Congress in the aggregate. The 9% reduction in payment was addressed by2021 under the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021. However, this reduction was addressed in the Protecting Medicare and American Farmers from Sequester Cuts Act (“2021 (“Act”) signed into law on December 27, 2020.10, 2021.  Based on various provisions in the 2021 Act, wethe Company now estimateestimates that the Medicare rate reduction for the full year of 20212022 will be approximately 3.5% in aggregate.0.75%.

BeginningIn addition, the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 includes reductions in Medicare payment rates of approximately 3% in each of calendar years 2023 and 2024, unless regulatory or Congressional action results in modifications to such rates as has occurred in 2021 payments to individual therapists (Physical/Occupational Therapist in Private Practice) paid under the fee schedule may be subject to adjustment based on performance in the Merit Based Incentive Payment System (“MIPS”), which measures performance based on certain quality metrics, resource use, and meaningful use of electronic health records. Under the MIPS requirements, a provider's performance is assessed according to established performance standards each year and then is used to determine an adjustment factor that is applied to the professional's payment for the corresponding payment year. The provider’s MIPS performance in 2019 will determine the payment adjustment in 2021. Each year from 2019 through 2024, professionals who receive a significant share of their revenues through an alternate payment model (“APM”), (such as accountable care organizations or bundled payment arrangements) that involves risk of financial losses and a quality measurement component will receive a 5% bonus in the corresponding payment year. The bonus payment for APM participation is intended to encourage participation and testing of new APMs and to promote the alignment of incentives across payors. The specifics of the MIPS and APM adjustments will be subject to future notice and comment rule-making.2022.

The Budget Control Act of 2011 increased the federal debt ceiling in connection with deficit reductions over the next ten years and requires automatic reductions in federal spending by approximately $1.2 trillion. Payments to Medicare providers are subject to these automatic spending reductions, subject to a 2% cap. On April 1, 2013, a 2% reduction to Medicare payments was implemented. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, enacted on November 2, 2015, extended the 2% reductions to Medicare payments through fiscal year 2025. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, enacted on February 9, 2018, extends the 2% reductions to Medicare payments through fiscal year 2027. The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES)CARES Act suspended the 2% payment reduction to Medicare payments for dates of service from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020. The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 further suspended the 2% payment reduction until March 31, 2021. On April 14, 2021, additional legislation was enacted that waived the 2% payment reduction for the remainder of calendar 2021. The 2021 Act, which was signed into law on December 10, 2021, included a three-month extension of the 2% sequester relief applied to all Medicare payments through March 31, 2022, followed by three months of 1% sequester relief through June 30, 2022.  Sequester relief is scheduled to then end on June 30, 2022.

Under the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 (‘‘MCTRA’’), since October 1, 2012, patients who met or exceeded $3,700 in therapy expenditures during a calendar year have been subject to a manual medical review to determine whether applicable payment criteria are satisfied. The $3,700 threshold is applied to Physical Therapy and Speech Language Pathology Services; a separate $3,700 threshold is applied to the Occupational Therapy. The Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 (“MACRA”) directed CMS to modify the manual medical review process such that those reviews will no longer apply to all claims exceeding the $3,700 threshold and instead will be determined on a targeted basis based on a variety of factors that CMS considers appropriateappropriate. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 extends the targeted medical review indefinitely but reduces the threshold to $3,000 through December 31, 2027. For 2028, the threshold amount will be increased by the percentage increase in the Medicare Economic Index (“MEI”) for 2028 and in subsequent years the threshold amount will increase based on the corresponding percentage increase in the MEI for such subsequent year.

CMS adopted a multiple procedure payment reduction (‘‘MPPR’’) for therapy services in the final update to the MPFS for calendar year 2011. The MPPR applied to all outpatient therapy services paid under Medicare Part B — occupational therapy, physical therapy and speech-language pathology. Under the policy, the Medicare program pays 100% of the practice expense component of the Relative Value Unit (‘‘RVU’’) for the therapy procedure with the highest practice expense RVU, then reduces the payment for the practice expense component for the second and subsequent therapy procedures or units of service furnished during the same day for the same patient, regardless of whether those therapy services are furnished in separate sessions. SinceIn 2013, the practice expense component for the second and subsequent therapy service furnished during the same day for the same patient was reduced by 50%. In addition, the MCTRA directed CMS to implement a claims-based data collection program to gather additional data on patient function during the course

6

Medicare claims for outpatient therapy services furnished by therapytherapist assistants on or after January 1, 2020 must include a modifier indicating the service was furnished by a therapytherapist assistant. Outpatient therapy services furnished on or after January 1, 2022 in whole or part by a therapytherapist assistant will beare paid at an amount equal to 85% of the payment amount otherwise applicable for the service.

Statutes, regulations, and payment rules governing the delivery of therapy services to Medicare beneficiaries are complex and subject to interpretation. We believe that we are in compliance, in all material respects, with all applicable laws and regulations and are not aware of any pending or threatened investigations involving allegations of potential wrongdoing that would have a material effect on the our financial statements as of December 31, 2020.2021. Compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to future government review and interpretation, as well as significant regulatory action including fines, penalties, and exclusion from the Medicare program. For the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, net patient revenuesrevenue from Medicare were approximately $134.4 million and $101.6 million.million, respectively.

Industrial Injury Prevention Services

Services provided in this business include onsite injury prevention and rehabilitation, performance optimization, post-offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations and ergonomic assessments. The majority of these services are contracted with and paid for directly by employers, including a number of Fortune 500 companies. Other clients include large insurers and their contractors. These services are performed through Industrial Sports Medicine Professionals, consisting of both physical therapists and ATCs.

REGULATION AND HEALTHCARE REFORM

Numerous federal, state and local regulations regulate healthcare services and those who provide them. Some states into which we may expand have laws requiring facilities employing health professionals and providing health-related services to be licensed and, in some cases, to obtain a certificate of need (that is, demonstrating to a state regulatory authority the need for, and financial feasibility of, new facilities or the commencement of new healthcare services). Only one of the states in which we currently operate requires a certificate of need for the operation of our physical therapy business functions. Our therapists and/or clinics, however, are required to be licensed, as determined by the state in which they provide services. Failure to obtain or maintain any required certificates, approvals or licenses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Regulations Controlling Fraud and Abuse. Various federal and state laws regulate financial relationships involving providers of healthcare services. These laws include Section 1128B(b) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S. C. § 1320a-7b[b]) (the “Fraud and Abuse Law”), under which civil and criminal penalties can be imposed upon persons who, among other things, offer, solicit, pay or receive remuneration in return for (i) the referral of patients for the rendering of any item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, by a Federal health care program (including Medicare and Medicaid); or (ii) purchasing, leasing, ordering, or arranging for or recommending purchasing, leasing, ordering any good, facility, service, or item for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, by a Federal health care program (including Medicare and Medicaid). We believe that our business procedures and business arrangements are in compliance with these provisions. However, the provisions are broadly written and the full extent of their specific application to specific facts and arrangements to which we are a party is uncertain and difficult to predict. In addition, several states have enacted state laws similar to the Fraud and Abuse Law, which may be more restrictive than the federal Fraud and Abuse Law.

The Office of the Inspector General (“OIG”) of HHS has issued regulations describing compensation financial arrangements that fall within a “Safe Harbor” and, therefore, are not viewed as illegal remuneration under the Fraud and Abuse Law. Failure to fall within a Safe Harbor does not mean that the Fraud and Abuse Law has been violated; however, the OIG has indicated that failure to fall within a Safe Harbor may subject an arrangement to increased scrutiny under a “facts and circumstances” test.

The OIG also has issued special fraud alerts and special advisory bulletins to remind the provider community of the importance and application of certain aspects of the Fraud and Abuse Law. One of the OIG special fraud alerts related to the rental of space in physician offices by persons or entities to which the physicians refer patients. The OIG’s stated concern in these arrangements is that rental payments may be disguised kickbacks to the physician-landlords to induce referrals. We rent clinic space for some of our clinics from referring physicians and have taken the steps that we believe are necessary to ensure that all leases comply to the extent possible and applicable, with the space rental Safe Harbor to the Fraud and Abuse Law.

One of the OIG’s special advisory bulletins addressed certain complex contractual arrangements for the provision of items and services. This special advisory bulletin identified several characteristics commonly exhibited by suspect arrangements, the existence of one or more of which could indicate a prohibited arrangement to the OIG. Generally, the indicia of a suspect contractual joint venture as identified by the special advisory bulletin and an associated OIG advisory opinion include the following:

New Line of BusinessBusiness..Aprovider in one line of business (“Owner”) expands into a new line of business that can be provided to theOwner’s existing patients, with another party who currently provides the same or similar item or service as the new business (“Manager/Supplier”).

Captive Referral Base.The arrangement predominantly or exclusively serves the Owner’s existing patient base (or patients under thecontrol or influence of the Owner).

Little or No Bona Fide Business Risk. The Owner’s primary contribution to the venture is referrals; it makes little or no financial orother investment in the business, delegating the entire operation to the Manager/Supplier, while retaining profits generated from its captive referral base.

Status of the Manager/Supplier. The Manager/Supplier is a would-be competitor of the Owner’s new line of business and wouldnormally compete for the captive referrals. It has the capacity to provide virtually identical services in its own right and bill insurers and patients for them in its own name.

Scope of Services Provided by the Manager/Supplier. The Manager/Supplier provides all, or many, of the new business’ key services.

Remuneration. The practical effect of the arrangement, viewed in its entirety, is to provide the Owner the opportunity to bill insurersand patients for business otherwise provided by the Manager/Supplier. The remuneration from the venture to the Owner (i.e., the profits of the venture) takes into account the value and volume of business the Owner generates.

Exclusivity. The arrangement bars the Owner from providing items or services to any patients other than those coming from Ownerand/or bars the Manager/Supplier from providing services in its own right to the Owner’s patients.

Due to the nature of our business operations, many of our management service arrangements exhibit one or more of these characteristics. However, we believe we have taken steps regarding the structure of such arrangements as necessary to sufficiently distinguish them from these suspect ventures, and to comply with the requirements of the Fraud and Abuse Law. However, if the OIG believes we have entered into a prohibited contractual joint venture, it could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Although the business of managing physician-owned and hospital-owned physical therapy facilities is regulated by the Fraud and Abuse Law, the manner in which we contract with such facilities often falls outside the complete scope of available Safe Harbors. We believe our arrangements comply with the Fraud and Abuse Law, even though federal courts provide limited guidance as to the application of the Fraud and Abuse Law to these arrangements. If our management contracts are held to violate the Fraud and Abuse Law, it could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Stark Law. Provisions of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 (42 U.S.C. § 1395nn) (the “Stark Law”) prohibitreferrals by a physician of “designated health services” which are payable, in whole or in part, by Medicare or Medicaid, to an entity in which the physician or the physician’s immediate family member has an investment interest or other financial relationship, subject to several exceptions. Unlike the Fraud and Abuse Law, the Stark Law is a strict liability statute. Proof of intent to violate the Stark Law is not required. Physical therapy and occupational therapy services are among the “designated health services”. Further, the Stark Law has application to our management contracts with individual physicians and physician groups, as well as, any other financial relationship between us and referring physicians, including medical advisor arrangements and any financial transaction resulting from a clinic acquisition. The Stark Law also prohibits billing for services rendered pursuant to a prohibited referral. Several states have enacted laws similar to the Stark Law. These state laws may cover all (not just Medicare and Medicaid) patients. As with the Fraud and Abuse Law, we consider the Stark Law in planning our clinics, establishing contractual and other arrangements with physicians, marketing and other activities, and believe that our operations are in compliance with the Stark Law. If we violate the Stark Law or any similar state laws, our financial results and operations could be adversely affected. Penalties for violations include denial of payment for the services, significant civil monetary penalties, and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

HIPAA. In an effort to further combat healthcare fraud and protect patient confidentially, Congress included several anti-fraudmeasures in the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”). HIPAA created a source of funding for fraud control to coordinate federal, state and local healthcare law enforcement programs, conduct investigations, provide guidance to the healthcare industry concerning fraudulent healthcare practices, and establish a national data bank to receive and report final adverse actions. HIPAA also criminalized certain forms of health fraud against all public and private payors. Additionally, HIPAA mandates the adoption of standards regarding the exchange of healthcare information in an effort to ensure the privacy and electronic security of patient information and standards relating to the privacy of health information. Sanctions for failing to comply with HIPAA include criminal penalties and civil sanctions. In February of 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) was signed into law. Title XIII of ARRA, the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”), provided for substantial Medicare and Medicaid incentives for providers to adopt electronic health records (“EHRs”) and grants for the development of health information exchange (“HIE”). Recognizing that HIE and EHR systems will not be implemented unless the public can be assured that the privacy and security of patient information in such systems is protected, HITECH also significantly expanded the scope of the privacy and security requirements under HIPAA. Most notable are the mandatory breach notification requirements and a heightened enforcement scheme that includes increased penalties, and which now apply to business associates as well as to covered entities. In addition to HIPAA, a number of states have adopted laws and/or regulations applicable in the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information that can be more stringent than comparable provisions under HIPAA.

We believe that our operations comply with applicable standards for privacy and security of protected healthcare information. We cannot predict what negative effect, if any, HIPAA/HITECH or any applicable state law or regulation will have on our business.

Other Regulatory Factors. Political, economic and regulatory influences are fundamentally changing the healthcare industry inthe United States. Congress, state legislatures and the private sector continue to review and assess alternative healthcare delivery and payment systems. Potential alternative approaches could include mandated basic healthcare benefits, controls on healthcare spending through limitations on the growth of private health insurance premiums and Medicare and Medicaid spending, the creation of large insurance purchasing groups, and price controls. Legislative debate is expected to continue in the future and market forces are expected to demand only modest increases or reduced costs. For instance, managed care entities are demanding lower reimbursement rates from healthcare providers and, in some cases, are requiring or encouraging providers to accept capitated payments that may not allow providers to cover their full costs or realize traditional levels of profitability. We cannot reasonably predict what impact the adoption of federal or state healthcare reform measures or future private sector reform may have on our business.

COMPETITION

The healthcare industry, including the physical therapy business and the industrial injury prevention services business are highly competitive. The physical therapy business as well as the industrial injury prevention services business are both highly fragmented with no company having a significant market share nationally. We believe that we are one of the largest national outpatient physical therapy services providers.

Competitive factors affecting our business include quality of care, cost, treatment outcomes, convenience of location, and relationships with, and ability to meet the needs of, referral and payor sources. Our clinics compete, directly or indirectly, with many types of healthcare providers including the physical therapy departments of hospitals, private therapy clinics, physician-owned therapy clinics, and chiropractors. We may face more intense competition if consolidation of the therapy industry continues.

We believe that our strategy of providing key therapists in a community with an opportunity to participate in ownership or clinic profitability provides us with a competitive advantage by helping to ensure the commitment of local management to the success of the clinic.

We also believe that our competitive position is enhanced by our strategy of locating our clinics, when possible, on the ground floor of buildings and shopping centers with nearby parking, thereby making the clinics more easily accessible to patients. We offer convenient hours. We also attempt to make the decor in our clinics less institutional and more aesthetically pleasing than traditional hospital clinics.

ENFORCEMENT ENVIRONMENT

In recent years, federal and state governments have launched several initiatives aimed at uncovering behavior that violates the federal civil and criminal laws regarding false claims and fraudulent billing and coding practices. Such laws require providers to adhere to complex reimbursement requirements regarding proper billing and coding in order to be compensated for their services by government payors. Our compliance program requires adherence to applicable law and promotes reimbursement education and training; however, a determination that our clinics’ billing and coding practices are false or fraudulent could have a material adverse effect on us.

As a result of our participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, we are subject to various governmental inspections, reviews, audits and investigations to verify our compliance with these programs and applicable laws and regulations. In addition, our prior Corporate Integrity Agreement, which expired in February 2021, required annual audits to be performed by an independent review organization on a small sample of our clinics, the results of which were reported to the federal government. See “-Compliance Program – Program—Corporate Integrity Agreement” for more on the Corporate Integrity Agreement (“CIA”). Managed care payors may also reserve the right to conduct audits. An adverse inspection, review, audit or investigation could result in: refunding amounts we have been paid; fines penalties and/or revocation of billing privileges for the affected clinics; the imposition of a new Corporate Integrity Agreement; exclusion from participation in the Medicare or Medicaid programs or one or more managed care payor network;networks; or damage to our reputation.

We and our clinics are subject to federal and state laws prohibiting entities and individuals from knowingly and willfully making claims to Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental programs and third party payors that contain false or fraudulent information. The federal False Claims Act encourages private individuals to file suits on behalf of the government against healthcare providers such as us. As such suits are generally filed under seal with a court to allow the government adequate time to investigate and determine whether it will intervene in the action, the implicated healthcare providers often are unaware of the suit until the government has made its determination and the seal is lifted. Violations or alleged violations of such laws, and any related lawsuits, could result in (i) exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, or (ii) significant financial or criminal sanctions, resulting in the possibility of substantial financial penalties for small billing errors that are replicated in a large number of claims, as each individual claim could be deemed a separate violation. In addition, many states also have enacted similar statutes, which may include criminal penalties, substantial fines, and treble damages.

COMPLIANCE PROGRAM

Our Compliance Program. Our ongoing success depends upon our reputation for quality service and ethical business practices.We operate in a highly regulated environment with many federal, state and local laws and regulations. We take a proactive interest in understanding and complying with the laws and regulations that apply to our business.

Our Board of Directors (the “Board”) has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and a set of Corporate Governance Guidelines to clarify the ethical standards under which the Board and management carry out their duties. In addition, the Board has created a Compliance Committee of the Board (“Compliance Committee”) whose purpose is to assist the Board in discharging their oversight responsibilities with respect to compliance with federal and state laws and regulations relating to healthcare.

We have issued a Compliance Manual and created compliance training materials, hand-outs and an on-line testing program. These tools were prepared to ensure that every employee of our Company and subsidiaries has a clear understanding of our mutual commitment to high standards of professionalism, honesty, fairness and compliance with the law in conducting business. These standards are administered by our Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), who has the responsibility for the day-to-day oversight, administration and development of our compliance program. The CCO, internal and external counsel, management and the Compliance Committee review our policies and procedures for our compliance program from time to time in an effort to improve operations and to ensure compliance with requirements of standards, laws and regulations and to reflect the on-going compliance focus areas which have been identified by management, counsel or the Compliance Committee. We also have established systems for reporting potential violations, educating our employees, monitoring and auditing compliance and handling enforcement and discipline.

Committees. Our Compliance Committee, appointed by the Board, consists of four independent directors. The Compliance Committee has general oversight of our Company’s compliance with the legal and regulatory requirements regarding healthcare operations. The Compliance Committee relies on the expertise and knowledge of management, the CCO and other compliance and legal personnel. The CCO regularly communicates with the Chairman of the Compliance Committee. The Compliance Committee meets at least four times a year or more frequently as necessary to carry out its responsibilities and reports regularly to the Board regarding its actions and recommendations.

We also have an Internal Compliance Committee, which is comprised of Company leaders in the areas of operations, clinical services, finance, human resources, legal, information technology and credentialing. The Internal Compliance Committee has the responsibility for evaluating and assessing Company areas of risk relating to compliance with federal and state healthcare laws, and generally to assist the CCO. The Internal Compliance Committee meets at least four times a year or more frequently as necessary to carry out its responsibilities. In addition, management has appointed a team to address our Company’s compliance with HIPAA. The HIPAA team consists of a security officer and employees from our legal, information systems, finance, operations, compliance, business services and human resources departments. The team prepares assessments and makes recommendations regarding operational changes and/or new systems, if needed, to comply with HIPAA.

Each clinic certified as a Medicare Rehabilitation Agency has a formally appointed governing body composed of a member of our management and the director/administrator of the clinic. The governing body retains legal responsibility for the overall conduct of the clinic. The members confer regularly and discuss, among other issues, clinic compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In addition, there are Professional Advisory Committees which serve as Infection Control Committees. These committees meet in the facilities and function as advisors.

We have in place a Risk Management Committee consisting of, among others, the CCO, the Vice President of Human Resources, and other legal, compliance and operations personnel. This committee reviews and monitors all employee and patient incident reports and provides clinic personnel with actions to be taken in response to the reports.


Reporting Violations. In order to facilitate our employees’ ability to report inconfidence, anonymously and without retaliationany perceived improper work-related activities, accounting irregularities and other violations of our compliance program, we have set up an independent national compliance hotline. The compliance hotline is available to receive confidential reports of wrongdoing Monday through Friday (excluding holidays), 24 hours a day. The compliance hotline is staffed by experienced third party professionals trained to utilize utmost care and discretion in handling sensitive issues and confidential information. The information received is documented and forwarded timely to the CCO, who, together with the Compliance Committee, has the power and resources to investigate and resolve matters of improper conduct.

Educating Our Employees. We utilize numerous methods to train our employees in compliance related issues, including an onlinelearning management system. All employees complete a comprehensive training program comprised of numerous modules relating to our business and proper practices when newly hired and annually thereafter. The directors/administrators also provide periodic “refresher” training for existing employees and one-on-one comprehensive training with new hires. The corporate compliance group responds to questions from clinic personnel and conducts frequent teleconference meetings, webinars and training sessions on a variety of compliance related topics.

When a clinic opens, we provide a package of compliance materials containing manuals and detailed instructions for meeting Medicare Conditions of Participation Standards and other compliance requirements. During follow up training with the director/administrator of the clinic, compliance department staff explain various details regarding requirements and compliance standards. Compliance staff will remain in contact with the director/administrator while the clinic is implementing compliance standards and will provide any assistance required. All new office managers receive training (including Medicare, regulatory and corporate compliance, insurance billing, charge entry and transaction posting and coding, daily, weekly and monthly accounting reports) from the training staff at the corporate office. The corporate compliance group will assist in continued compliance, including guidance to the clinic staff with regard to Medicare certifications, state survey requirements and responses to any inquiries from regulatory agencies.

Monitoring and Auditing Clinic Operational Compliance. We have in place audit programs and other procedures to monitor andaudit clinic operational compliance with applicable policies and procedures. We employ internal auditors who, as part of their job responsibilities, conduct periodic audits of each clinic. Most clinics are audited at least once every 24 months and additional focused audits are performed as deemed necessary. During these audits, particular attention is given to compliance with Medicare and internal policies, Federal and state laws and regulations, third party payor requirements, and patient chart documentation, billing, reporting, record keeping, collections and contract procedures. The audits are conducted on site or remotely and include interviews with the employees involved in management, operations, billing and accounts receivable.

Formal audit reports are prepared and reviewed with corporate management and the Compliance Committee. Each clinic director/administrator receives a letter instructing them of any corrective measures required. Each clinic director/administrator then works with the compliance team and operations to ensure such corrective measures are achieved.

Handling Enforcement and Discipline. It is our policy that any employee who fails to comply with compliance programrequirements or who negligently or deliberately fails to comply with known laws or regulations specifically addressed in our compliance program should be subject to disciplinary action up to and including discharge from employment. The Compliance Committee, compliance staff, human resources staff and management investigate violations of our compliance program and impose disciplinary action as considered appropriate.

Corporate Integrity Agreement. We also performed certain additional compliance related functions pursuant to CIA that weentered into with the OIG. The CIA, which became effective as of December 21, 2015, and expired in February 2021, outlined certain specific requirements relating to compliance oversight and program implementation, as well as periodic reporting. In addition, pursuant to the CIA, an independent review organization annually performed a Medicare billing and coding audit on a small group of randomly selected Company clinics. Our Compliance Program was modified so as to comply with the requirements of the CIA. The term of the CIA was five years and expired in February 2021.

The CIA was entered into as part of the settlement by one of our Subsidiaries with the U. S. Department of Justice related to certain Medicare billings that occurred between 2007 and 2009 at a single outpatient physical therapy clinic. The settlement resolved claims relating to whether certain physical therapy services provided to a limited number of Medicare patients at the clinic satisfied all of the criteria for payment by the Medicare program, including proper supervision of physical therapist assistants. The Subsidiary paid $718,000 in 2015 to resolve the matter, and we and the Subsidiary entered into the CIA. The Subsidiary no longer conducts any business.

EMPLOYEES

Our strategy is to acquire physical therapy practices, develop outpatient physical therapy clinics as satellites within existing partnerships, acquire industrial injury prevention services businesses, and to continue to support the growth of our existing businesses requires a talented workforce that can grow with us. As of December 31, 2020,2021, we employed approximately 4,6305,500 people nationwide, of which approximately 2,5503,000 were full-time employees.

It is crucial that we continue to attract and retain top talent. To attract and retain talented employees, we strive to make our corporate office and all of our practices and businesses a diverse and healthy workplace, with opportunities for our employees to receive continuing education, skill development, encouragement to grow and develop their career, all supported by competitive compensation, incentives, and benefits. Our clinical professionals are all licensed and a vast majority have advanced degrees. Our operational leadership teams have long-standing relationships with local and regional universities, professional affiliations, and other applicable sources that provide our practices with a talent pipeline.

We provide competitive compensation and benefits programs to help meet our employees'employees’ needs in the practices and communities in which they serve. These programs (which can vary by practice and employment classification) include incentive compensation plans, a 401(k) plan, healthcare and insurance benefits, health savings and flexible spending accounts, paid time off, family leave, education assistance, mental health and other employee assistance benefits.

We invest resources to develop the talent needed to support our business strategy. Resources include a multitude of training and development programs delivered internally and externally, online and instructor-led, and on-the-job learning formats.

We expect to continue adding personnel in the future as we focus on potential acquisition targets and organic growth opportunities.

Beginning in March 2020, we have supported our employees and government efforts to curb the COVID-19 pandemic through a multifaceted communication, infrastructure, and behavior modification and enforcement effort:
11

Establishing clear COVID-19 policies, health and safety protocols, and routine updates to our employees and patients;
Increasing cleaning protocols and hand hygiene across all locations;
Providing additional personal protective equipment and cleaning supplies;
Implementing protocols to address actual and suspected COVID-19 cases and potential exposures;
Limiting non-essential travel for all employees;
Adjusting schedules and workload to permit remote working where possible;
Decreasing density, increasing social distancing and restricting visitors in our clinics and offices for employees working onsite; and
Requiring masks to be worn by all individuals in all locations.

Additionally, due to the impact of COVID-19 on our operations, we have generated efficiencies in staffing, including limiting hiring to critical business roles, reducing scheduled hours, furloughs, and reductions-in-force. Through our employees' commitment to following operational protocols and their continued efforts to provide quality services to our patients, we have seen much of the workforce and our operations return to pre-pandemic levels. Throughout 2020, we conducted approximately 2,300 furloughs and reductions-in-force and have seen approximately 1,200 of these employees or 52%, return back to work.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are made available free of charge on our internet website at www.usph.com as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

ITEM 1A.RISK FACTORS.

Our business, operations and financial condition are subject to various risks. Some of these risks are described below, and readers of this Annual Report on Form 10-K should take such risks into account in evaluating our Company or making any decision to invest in us. This section does not describe all risks applicable to our Company, our industry or our business, and it is intended only as a summary of material factors affecting our business.

Risks related to our business and operations

We are subject to risks associated with public health crises and epidemics/pandemics, such as the novel strain of coronavirus
(“COVID-19”).

Our operations expose us to risks associated with public health crises and epidemics/pandemics, such as COVID-19 that has spread globally. Since Februaryearly 2020, the continued spread has led to disruption and volatility in the global capital markets, which increases the cost of, and adversely impacts access to, capital and increases economic uncertainty. The pandemic has caused an economic slowdown of potentially extended duration, and it is possible that it could cause a global recession.

COVID-19 is having, and will continue to have, an adverse impact on our operations and supply chains, including a temporary loss of physical therapists and other employees who are infected or quarantined for a period of time, an increase in cancellations of physical therapy patient appointments and a decline in the scheduling of new or additional patient appointments. Due to these impacts and measures, we have experienced, and will continue to experience, significant and unpredictable impact on employees and reductions and cancellations of our patient visits.

Impact on the businessStarting in mid-2021, certain local jurisdictions have imposed vaccination and/or mask mandates, and cash reserves resulting from retirement or resignation of key partners and resulting purchase of their non-controlling interests (minority interests)

As described in Note 5, the redeemable non-controlling interests in our partnerships are held by our partners. Upon the occurrence of certain events, such as retirement or other termination of employment, partners from acquired partnerships may have the right to exercise a “put” to cause us to purchase their redeemable non-controlling interests. Depending on the amount and timingmany of the exerciseCompany’s clinics and their employees are now subject to a vaccination mandate promulgated by CMS as a condition of any “put” rights, the funds required could have an adverse impact on our capital structure.

Healthcare reform legislation may affect our business.

In recent years, many legislative proposals have been introduced or proposed in Congress and in some state legislatures that would affect major changescontinued participation in the healthcare system, either nationally or at the state level.Medicare and Medicaid programs as a certified rehabilitation agency. At the federal level, Congress has continuedthis time, it is not possible to propose or consider healthcare budgets that substantially reduce payments under the Medicare programs. See “Business- Sources of Revenue” in Item 1 for more information. The ultimate content, timing or effect of any healthcare reform legislation andpredict the impact of potential legislationthese and other similar mandates on us is uncertainthe Company or its workforce. These and difficult, if not impossible, to predict. That impactother mandates may be material to our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our operations are subject to extensive regulation.

The healthcare industry is subject to extensive federal, stateresult in employee attrition and local laws and regulations relating to:

facility and professional licensure/permits, including certificates of need;

conduct of operations, including financial relationships among healthcare providers, Medicare fraud and abuse, and physician self-referral;

addition of facilities and services; and

billing and payment for services.

In recent years, there have been heightened coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts by both federal and state government agencies relating to the healthcare industry. We believe we are in substantial compliance with all laws, but differing interpretations or enforcement of these laws and regulations could subject our current practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality or could require us to make changes in our methods of operations, facilities, equipment, personnel, services and capital expenditure programs and increase our operating expenses. If we fail to comply with these extensive laws and government regulations, we could become ineligible to receive government program reimbursement, suffer civil or criminal penalties or be required to make significant changes to our operations. In addition, we could be forced to expend considerable resources responding to an investigation or other enforcement action under these laws or regulations. For a more complete description of certain of these laws and regulations, see “Business—Regulation and Healthcare Reform” and “Business – Compliance Program” in Item 1.

The healthcare industry is subject to extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to (1) facility and professional licensure, including certificates of need, (2) conduct of operations, including financial relationships among healthcare providers, Medicare fraud and abuse and physician self-referral, (3) addition of facilities and services and enrollment of newly developed facilities in the Medicare program, (4) payment for services and (5) safeguarding protected health information.

Both federal and state regulatory agencies inspect, survey and audit our facilities to review our compliance with these laws and regulations. While our facilities intend to comply with the existing licensing, Medicare certification requirements and accreditation standards, there can be no assurance that these regulatory authorities will determine that all applicable requirements are fully met at any given time. A determination by any of these regulatory authorities that a facility is not in compliance with these requirements could lead to the imposition of requirements that the facility takes corrective action, assessment of fines and penalties, or loss of licensure or Medicare certification of accreditation. These consequences could have ana material adverse effect on us.our business, including future revenue, costs, and results of operations.

Decreases in Medicare reimbursement rates and payment reductions applied to the second and subsequent therapy servicesrate may adversely affect our financial results.

The Medicare program reimburses outpatient rehabilitation providers based on the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule (‘‘MPFS’’(“MPFS”).  For services providedOn an annual basis, our reimbursement under the MPFS is subject to changes, which could include reductions in 2018, a 0.5% increase was applied to the fee schedule payment rates; for services provided in 2019, a 0.25% increase was applied to the fee schedule payment rates before applying the mandatory budget neutrality adjustment. For services provided in 2020 through 2025, a 0.0% percent update is expected to be applied each year to the fee schedule payment rates, before applying the mandatory budget neutrality adjustment. However, in the 2020 MPFS Final Rule, CMS proposed an increase to the code values for office/outpatient evaluation and management (E/M) codes and cuts to other codes to maintain budget neutrality of the MPFS. Under the 2021 MPFS Final Rule,such reimbursement for the codes applicable to physical/occupational therapy services were to be reduced by approximately 9% in the aggregate. amounts.  The 9% reduction in payment was addressed by the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 (“Act”) signed into law on December 27, 2020. Based on various provisions in the Act, we now estimateCompany estimates that the Medicare rate reduction for the full year of 20212022 will be approximately 3.5%0.75%. See “Business—Sources of Revenue – Physical Therapy Services” in aggregate.Item 1 for more information.  The Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2021, includes reductions in Medicare payment rates of approximately 3% in each of calendar years 2023 and 2024, which would be instituted unless regulatory or Congressional action results in modifications to such rates as occurred in 2021 and 2022.   

Beginning in 2021, payments to individual therapists (Physical/Occupational Therapist in Private Practice) paid under In addition, the fee schedule may be subject to adjustment based on performance in the Merit Based Incentive Payment System (“MIPS”), which measures performance based on certain quality metrics, resource use, and meaningful use of electronic health records. Under the MIPS requirements, a provider's performance is assessed according to established performance standards each year and then is used to determine an adjustment factor that is applied to the professional's payment for the corresponding payment year. The provider’s MIPS performance in 2019 will determine the payment adjustment in 2021. Each year from 2019 through 2024, professionals who receive a significant share of their revenues through an alternate payment model (“APM”), (such as accountable care organizations or bundled payment arrangements) that involves risk of financial losses and a quality measurement component will receive a 5% bonus in the corresponding payment year. The bonus payment for APM participation is intended to encourage participation and testing of new APMs and to promote the alignment of incentives across payors. The specifics of the MIPS and APM adjustments will be subject to future notice and comment rule-making.

The Budget Control Act of 2011 increased the federal debt ceiling in connection with deficit reductions over the next ten years and requires automatic reductions in federal spending by approximately $1.2 trillion. Payments to Medicare providers are subject to these automatic spending reductions, subject to a 2% cap.  On April 1, 2013, a 2% reductionCongress has taken action to Medicare payments was implemented. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, enacted on November 2, 2015, extended the 2% reductions to Medicare payments through fiscal year 2025. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, enacted on February 9, 2018, extends the 2% reductions to Medicare payments through fiscal year 2027. The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act suspendedwaive the 2% payment reduction Medicare payments for dates of service from May 1, 2020,during 2021 and continuing through December 31, 2020. The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 further suspended the 2% payment reduction until March 31, 2021.2022, followed by three months of 1% sequester relief through June 30, 2022.  Sequester relief is scheduled to then end on June 30, 2022.

Under the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 (‘‘MCTRA’’), since October 1, 2012, patients who met or exceeded $3,700 in therapy expenditures during a calendar year have been subject to a manual medical review to determine whether applicable payment criteria are satisfied. The $3,700 threshold is applied to Physical Therapy and Speech Language Pathology Services; a separate $3,700 threshold is applied to the Occupational Therapy. The MACRA directed CMS to modify the manual medical review process such that those reviews will no longer apply to all claims exceeding the $3,700 threshold and instead will be determined on a targeted basis based on a variety of factors that CMS considers appropriate The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 extends the targeted medical review indefinitely, but reduces the threshold to $3,000 through December 31, 2027. For 2028, the threshold amount will be increased by the percentage increase in the Medicare Economic Index (“MEI”) for 2028 and in subsequent years the threshold amount will increase based on the corresponding percentage increase in the MEI for such subsequent year.

CMS adopted a multiple procedure payment reduction (‘‘MPPR’’) for therapy services in the final update to the MPFS for calendar year 2011. The MPPR applied to all outpatient therapy services paid under Medicare Part B — occupational therapy, physical therapy and speech-language pathology. Under the policy, the Medicare program pays 100% of the practice expense component of the Relative Value Unit (‘‘RVU’’) for the therapy procedure with the highest practice expense RVU, then reduces the payment for the practice expense component for the second and subsequent therapy procedures or units of service furnished during the same day for the same patient, regardless of whether those therapy services are furnished in separate sessions. Since 2013, the practice expense component for the second and subsequent therapy service furnished during the same day for the same patient was reduced by 50%. In addition, the MCTRA directed CMS to implement a claims-based data collection program to gather additional data on patient function during the course of therapy in order to better understand patient conditions and outcomes. All practice settings that provide outpatient therapy services are required to include this data on the claim form. Since 2013, therapists have been required to report new codes and modifiers on the claim form that reflect a patient’s functional limitations and goals at initial evaluation, periodically throughout care, and at discharge. Reporting of these functional limitation codes and modifiers are required on the claim for payment.

Furthermore, Medicare claims for outpatient therapy services furnished by therapytherapist assistants on or after January 1, 2020, must include a modifier indicating the service was furnished by a therapytherapist assistant. Outpatient therapy services furnished on or after January 1, 2022 in whole or part by a therapytherapist assistant will beare paid at an amount equal to 85% of the payment amount otherwise applicable for the service.

Statutes, regulations, and payment rules governing the delivery of therapy services to Medicare beneficiaries are complex and subject to interpretation. We believe that we are in compliance, in all material respects, with all applicable laws and regulations governing the services we provide to Medicare patients and are not aware of any pending or threatened investigations involving allegations of potential wrongdoing that wouldcould have a material effect on the our financial statements as of December 31, 2020.2021. Compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to future government review and interpretation, as well as significant regulatory action including fines, penalties, and exclusion from the Medicare program. For yearthe years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, respectively, net patient revenuesrevenue from Medicare were approximately $134.4 million and $101.6 million.million, respectively. 

Given the history of frequent revisions to the Medicare program and its reimbursement rates and rules, we may not continue to receive reimbursement rates from Medicare that sufficiently compensate us for our services or, in some instances, cover our operating costs. Limits on reimbursement rates or the scope of services being reimbursed could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, financial condition, and results of operations. Additionally, any delay or default by the federal or state governments in making Medicare and/or Medicaid reimbursement payments could materially and, adversely, affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We expect the federal and state governments to continue their efforts to contain growth in Medicaid expenditures, which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

Medicaid spending has increased rapidly in recent years, becoming a significant component of state budgets. This, combined with slower state revenue growth, has led both the federal government and many states to institute measures aimed at controlling the growth of Medicaid spending, and in some instances reducing aggregate Medicaid spending. We expect these state and federal efforts to continue for the foreseeable future. Furthermore, not all of the states in which we operate, most notably Texas, have elected to expand Medicaid as part of federal healthcare reform legislation. There can be no assurance that the program, on the current terms or otherwise, will continue for any particular period of time beyond the foreseeable future. If Medicaid reimbursement rates are reduced or fail to increase as quickly as our costs, or if there are changes in the rules governing the Medicaid program that are disadvantageous to our businesses, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Revenue we receive from Medicare and Medicaid is subject to potential retroactive reduction.

Payments we receive from Medicare and Medicaid can be retroactively adjusted after examination during the claims settlement process or as a result of post-payment audits. Payors may disallow our requests for reimbursement, or recoup amounts previously reimbursed, based on determinations by the payors or their third-party audit contractors that certain costs are not reimbursable because either adequate or additional documentation was not provided or because certain services were not covered or deemed to not be medically necessary. Significant adjustments, recoupments or repayments of our Medicare or Medicaid revenue, and the costs associated with complying with investigative audits by regulatory and governmental authorities, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, from time to time we become aware, either based on information provided by third parties and/or the results of internal audits, of payments from payor sources that were either wholly or partially in excess of the amount that we should have been paid for the service provided. Overpayments may result from a variety of factors, including insufficient documentation supporting the services rendered or medical necessity of the services or other failures to document the satisfaction of the necessary conditions of payment. We are required by law in most instances to refund the full amount of the overpayment after becoming aware of it, and failure to do so within requisite time limits imposed by the law could lead to significant fines and penalties being imposed on us. Furthermore, our initial billing of and payments for services that are unsupported by the requisite documentation and satisfaction of any other conditions of payment, regardless of our awareness of the failure at the time of the billing or payment, could expose us to significant fines and penalties. We, and/or certain of our operating companies, could also be subject to exclusion from participation in the Medicare or Medicaid programs in some circumstances as well, in addition to any monetary or other fines, penalties or sanctions that we may incur under applicable federal and/or state law. Our repayment of any such amounts, as well as any fines, penalties or other sanctions that we may incur, could be significant and could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

From time to time we are also involved in various external governmental investigations, audits and reviews. Reviews, audits and investigations of this sort can lead to government actions, which can result in the assessment of damages, civil or criminal fines or penalties, or other sanctions, including restrictions or changes in the way we conduct business, loss of licensure or exclusion from participation in government programs. Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and rules could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, becoming subject to these governmental investigations, audits and reviews can also require us to incur significant legal and document production expenses as we cooperate with the government authorities, regardless of whether the particular investigation, audit or review leads to the identification of underlying issues.

As a result of increased post-payment reviews of claims we submit to Medicare for our services, we may incur additional costs and may be required to repay amounts already paid to us.

We are subject to regular post-payment inquiries, investigations and audits of the claims we submit to Medicare for payment for our services. These post-payment reviews have increased as a result of government cost-containment initiatives. These additional post-payment reviews may require us to incur additional costs to respond to requests for records and to pursue the reversal of payment denials, and ultimately may require us to refund amounts paid to us by Medicare that are determined to have been overpaid.

For a further description of this and other laws and regulations involving governmental reimbursements, see “Business—Sources of Revenue” and “—Regulation and Healthcare Reform” in Item 1.

An economic downturn, state budget pressures, sustained unemployment and continued deficit spending by the federal government may result in a reduction in reimbursement and covered services.

An economic downturn, including the consequences of a pandemic, such as COVID-19, could have a detrimental effect on our revenues. Historically, state budget pressures have translated into reductions in state spending. Given that Medicaid outlays are a significant component of state budgets, we can expect continuing cost containment pressures on Medicaid outlays for our services in the states in which we operate. In addition, an economic downturn, coupled with sustained unemployment, may also impact the number of enrollees in managed care programs as well as the profitability of managed care companies, which could result in reduced reimbursement rates.

The existing federal deficit, as well as deficit spending by federal and state governments as the result of adverse developments in the economy or other reasons, can lead to continuing pressure to reduce governmental expenditures for other purposes, including government-funded programs in which we participate, such as Medicare and Medicaid. Such actions in turn may adversely affect our results of operations.

We depend upon reimbursement by third-party payors.

Substantially all of our revenues are derived from private and governmental third-party payors. In 2020,2021, approximately 68.4%62.8% of our revenues were derived collectively from managed care plans, commercial health insurers, workers’ compensation payors, and other private pay revenue sources while approximately 31.6%37.2% of our revenues were derived from Medicare and Medicaid. Initiatives undertaken by industry and government to contain healthcare costs affect the profitability of our clinics. These payors attempt to control healthcare costs by contracting with healthcare providers to obtain services on a discounted basis. We believe that this trend will continue and may limit reimbursement for healthcare services. If insurers or managed care companies from whom we receive substantial payments were to reduce the amounts they pay for services, our profit margins may decline, or we may lose patients if we choose not to renew our contracts with these insurers at lower rates. In addition, in certain geographical areas, our clinics must be approved as providers by key health maintenance organizations and preferred provider plans. Failure to obtain or maintain these approvals would adversely affect our financial results.

In recent years, through legislative and regulatory actions, the federal government has made substantial changes to various payment systems under the Medicare program. See “Business—Sources of Revenue”Revenue – Physical Therapy Services in Item 1 for more information including changes to Medicare reimbursement. Additional reforms or other changes to these payment systems may be proposed or adopted, either by the U.S. Congress or by CMS, including bundled payments, outcomes-based payment methodologies and a shift away from traditional fee-for-service reimbursement. If revised regulations are adopted, the availability, methods and rates of Medicare reimbursements for services of the type furnished at our facilities could change. Some of these changes and proposed changes could adversely affect our business strategy, operations and financial results.
Impact on the business and cash reserves resulting from retirement or resignation of key partners and resulting purchase of their non-controlling interests (minority interests).

As described in Note 5, the redeemable non-controlling interests in our partnerships are held by our partners. Upon the occurrence of certain events, such as retirement or other termination of employment, partners from acquired partnerships may have the right to exercise a “put” to cause us to purchase their redeemable non-controlling interests. Depending on the amount and timing of the exercise of any “put” rights, the funds required could have an adverse impact on our capital structure.

Healthcare reform legislation may affect our business.

In recent years, many legislative proposals have been introduced or proposed in Congress and in some state legislatures that would affect major changes in the healthcare system, either nationally or at the state level. At the federal level, Congress has continued to propose or consider healthcare budgets that substantially reduce payments under the Medicare programs. See “Business—Sources of Revenue” in Item 1 for more information. The ultimate content, timing or effect of any healthcare reform legislation and the impact of potential legislation on us is uncertain and difficult, if not impossible, to predict. That impact may be material to our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our operations are subject to extensive regulation.

The healthcare industry is subject to extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to:
18
facility and professional licensure/permits, including certificates of need;
conduct of operations, including financial relationships among healthcare providers, Medicare fraud and abuse, and physician self-referral;
addition of facilities and services; and

coding, billing and payment for services.
In recent years, there have been heightened coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts by both federal and state government agencies relating to the healthcare industry. We believe we are in substantial compliance with all laws, but differing interpretations or enforcement of these laws and regulations could subject our current practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality or could require us to make changes in our methods of operations, facilities, equipment, personnel, services and capital expenditure programs and increase our operating expenses. If we fail to comply with these extensive laws and government regulations, we could become ineligible to receive government program reimbursement, suffer civil or criminal penalties or be required to make significant changes to our operations. In addition, we could be forced to expend considerable resources responding to an investigation or other enforcement action under these laws or regulations. For a more complete description of certain of these laws and regulations, see “Business—Regulation and Healthcare Reform” and “Business—Compliance Program” in Item 1.

Both federal and state regulatory agencies inspect, survey and audit our facilities to review our compliance with these laws and regulations. While our facilities intend to comply with the existing licensing, Medicare certification requirements and accreditation standards, there can be no assurance that these regulatory authorities will determine that all applicable requirements are fully met at any given time. A determination by any of these regulatory authorities that a facility is not in compliance with these requirements could lead to the imposition of requirements that the facility takes corrective action, assessment of fines and penalties, or loss of licensure or Medicare certification of accreditation. These consequences could have an adverse effect on us.

Our operations are subject to investigations, legal actions and proceedings that could result in an adverse impact on our business and financial position.

Healthcare providers are subject to investigations, legal actions and proceedings, as well as lawsuits under the qui tam provisions of the federal False Claims Act, based on claims that the provider failed to comply with applicable laws and regulations that govern coding and the submission of claims for services provided to Medicare patients, among other things. These matters can involve significant costs, monetary damages and penalties. We have been subject to these proceedings in the past, and future proceedings could result in an adverse impact on our business and financial results.

We face inspections, reviews, audits and investigations under federal and state government programs and contracts. These audits could have adverse findings that may negatively affect our business.

As a result of our participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, we are subject to various governmental inspections, reviews, audits and investigations to verify our compliance with these programs and applicable laws and regulations. Managed care payors may also reserve the right to conduct audits. An adverse inspection, review, audit or investigation could result in:

refunding amounts we have been paid pursuant to the Medicare or Medicaid programs or from managed care payors;

state or federal agencies imposing fines, penalties and other sanctions on us;

temporary suspension of payment for new patients to the facility or agency;

decertification or exclusion from participation in the Medicare or Medicaid programs or one or more managed care payor networks;

expansion of the scope of our Corporate Integrity Agreement or
the imposition of a new Corporate Integrity Agreement;

damage to our reputation;

the revocation of a facility’s or agency’s license; and

loss of certain rights under, or termination of, our contracts with managed care payors.

If adverse inspections, reviews, audits or investigations occur and any of the results noted above occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

Our facilities are subject to extensive federal and state laws and regulations relating to the privacy of individually identifiable information.

HIPAA required the HHS to adopt standards to protect the privacy and security of individually identifiable health-related information. The department released final regulations containing privacy standards in 2000 and published revisions to the final regulations in 2002. The privacy regulations extensively regulate the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health-related information. The regulations also provide patients with significant rights related to understanding and controlling how their health information is used or disclosed. The security regulations require healthcare providers to implement administrative, physical and technical practices to protect the security of individually identifiable health information that is maintained or transmitted electronically. HITECH, which was signed into law in 2009, enhanced the privacy, security and enforcement provisions of HIPAA by, among other things establishing security breach notification requirements, allowing enforcement of HIPAA by state attorneys general, and increasing penalties for HIPAA violations. Violations of HIPAA or HITECH could result in civil or criminal penalties.

In addition to HIPAA, there are numerous federal and state laws and regulations addressing patient and consumer privacy concerns, including unauthorized access or theft of personal information. State statutes and regulations vary from state to state. Lawsuits, including class actions and action by state attorneys general, directed at companies that have experienced a privacy or security breach also can occur.

We have established policies and procedures in an effort to ensure compliance with these privacy related requirements. However, if there is a breach, we may be subject to various penalties and damages and may be required to incur costs to mitigate the impact of the breach on affected individuals.

In conducting our business, we are required to comply with applicable laws regarding fee-splitting and the corporate practice of medicine.

Some states prohibit the “corporate practice of therapy” that restricts business corporations from providing physical therapy services through the direct employment of therapist physicians or from exercising control over medical decisions by therapists. The laws relating to corporate practice vary from state to state and are not fully developed in each state in which we have facilities. Typically, however, professional corporations owned and controlled by licensed professionals are exempt from corporate practice restrictions and may employ therapists to furnish professional services. Those professional corporations may be managed by business corporations, such as the Company.

Some states also prohibit entities from engaging in certain financial arrangements, such as fee-splitting, with physicians or therapists. The laws relating to fee-splitting also vary from state to state and are not fully developed. Generally, these laws restrict business arrangements that involve a physician or therapist sharing medical fees with a referral source, but in some states, these laws have been interpreted to extend to management agreements between physicians or therapists and business entities under some circumstances.

We believe that our current and planned activities do not constitute fee-splitting or the unlawful corporate practice of medicine as contemplated by these state laws. However, there can be no assurance that future interpretations of such laws will not require structural and organizational modification of our existing relationships with the practices. If a court or regulatory body determines that we have violated these laws or if new laws are introduced that would render our arrangements illegal, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, our contracts could be found legally invalid and unenforceable (in whole or in part), or we could be required to restructure our contractual arrangements with our affiliated physicians and other licensed providers.

Failure to maintain effective internal control over our financial reporting could have an adverse effect on our ability to report our financial results on a timely and accurate basis.

We are required to produce our consolidated financial statements in accordance with the requirements of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports, to help mitigate the risk of fraud and to operate successfully. We are required by federal securities laws to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

Testing and maintaining our internal control over financial reporting can be expensive and divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with applicable law, or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to issue an unqualified attestation report if we conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified attestation report on our internal control, we could be required to take costly and time-consuming corrective measures, be required to restate the affected historical financial statements, be subjected to investigations and/or sanctions by federal and state securities regulators, and be subjected to civil lawsuits by security holders. Any of the foregoing could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and in us and would likely result in a decline in the market price of our stock and in our ability to raise additional financing if needed in the future.

We may be adversely affected by a security breach, such as a cyber-attack, which may cause a violation of HIPAA or HITECH and subject us to potential legal and reputational harm.

In the normal course of business, our information technology systems hold sensitive patient information including patient demographic data and other protected health information, which is subject to HIPAA and HITECH. We also contract with third-party vendors to maintain and store our patient’spatients’ individually identifiable health information. Numerous state and federal laws and regulations address privacy and information security concerns resulting from our access to our patient’s and employee’s personal information.

Our information technology systems and those of our vendors that process, maintain, and transmit such data are subject to computer viruses, cyber-attacks, or breaches. We adhere to policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with HIPAA and other privacy and information security laws and require our third-party vendors to do so as well. If, however, we or our third-party vendors experience a breach, loss, or other compromise of unsecured protected health information or other personal information, such an event could result in significant civil and criminal penalties, lawsuits, reputational harm, and increased costs to us, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, while our information technology systems, and those of our third-party vendors, are maintained with safeguards protecting against cyber-attacks. A cyber-attack that bypasses our information technology security systems, or those of our third-party vendors, could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. In addition, our future results could be adversely affected due to the theft, destruction, loss, misappropriation, or release of protected health information, other confidential data or proprietary business information, operational or business delays resulting from the disruption of information technology systems and subsequent mitigation activities, or regulatory action taken as a result of such incident. We provide our employees training and regular reminders on important measures they can take to prevent breaches. We routinely identify attempts to gain unauthorized access to our systems. However, given the rapidly evolving nature and proliferation of cyber threats, there can be no assurance our training and network security measures or other controls will detect, prevent, or remediate security or data breaches in a timely manner or otherwise prevent unauthorized access to, damage to, or interruption of our systems and operations. Accordingly, we may be vulnerable to losses associated with the improper functioning, security breach, or unavailability of our information systems as well as any systems used in acquired operations.

We depend upon the cultivation and maintenance of relationships with the physicians in our markets.

Our success is dependent upon referrals from physicians in the communities our clinics serve and our ability to maintain good relations with these physicians and other referral sources. Physicians referring patients to our clinics are free to refer their patients to other therapy providers or to their own physician owned therapy practice. If we are unable to successfully cultivate and maintain strong relationships with physicians and other referral sources, our business may decrease and our net operating revenues may decline.

We depend upon our ability to recruit and retain experienced physical therapists.

Our revenue generation is dependent upon referrals from physicians in the communities our clinics serve, and our ability to maintain good relations with these physicians. Our therapists are the front line for generating these referrals and we are dependent on their talents and skills to successfully cultivate and maintain strong relationships with these physicians. If we cannot recruit and retain our base of experienced and clinically skilled therapists, our business may decrease and our net operating revenues may decline. Periodically, we have clinics in isolated communities that are temporarily unable to operate due to the unavailability of a therapist who satisfies our standards.

We may also experience increases in our labor costs, primarily due to higher wages and greater benefits required to attract and retain qualified healthcare personnel, and such increases may adversely affect our profitability. Furthermore, while we attempt to manage overall labor costs in the most efficient way, our efforts to manage them may have limited effectiveness and may lead to increased turnover and other challenges.

Failure to maintain effective internal control over our financial reporting could have an adverse effect on our ability to report our financial results on a timely and accurate basis.

We are required to produce our consolidated financial statements in accordance with the requirements of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports, to help mitigate the risk of fraud and to operate successfully. We are required by federal securities laws to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

Testing and maintaining our internal control over financial reporting can be expensive and divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with applicable law, or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to issue an unqualified attestation report if we conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified attestation report on our internal control, we could be required to take costly and time-consuming corrective measures, be required to restate the affected historical financial statements, be subjected to investigations and/or sanctions by federal and state securities regulators, and be subjected to civil lawsuits by security holders. Any of the foregoing could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and in us and would likely result in a decline in the market price of our stock and in our ability to raise additional financing if needed in the future.

Our revenues may fluctuate due to weather.

We have a significant number of clinics in states that normally experience snow and ice during the winter months. Also, a significant number of our clinics are located in states along the Gulf Coast and Atlantic Coast which are subject to periodic winter storms, hurricanes and other severe storm systems. Periods of severe weather may cause physical damage to our facilities or prevent our staff or patients from traveling to our clinics, which may cause a decrease in our net operating revenues.

We operate in a highly competitive industry.

We encounter competition from local, regional or national entities, some of which have superior resources or other competitive advantages. Intense competition may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. For a more complete description of this competitive environment, see “Business—Competition” in Item 1. An adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations may require us to write down goodwill.

We may incur closure costs and losses.

The competitive, economic or reimbursement conditions in our markets in which we operate may require us to reorganize or to close certain clinics. In the event a clinic is reorganized or closed, we may incur losses and closure costs. The closure costs and losses may include, but are not limited to, lease obligations, severance, and write-down or write-off of goodwill and other intangible assets.

Future acquisitions may use significant resources, may be unsuccessful and could expose us to unforeseen liabilities.


As part of our growth strategy, we intend to continue pursuing acquisitions of outpatient physical therapy clinics and industrial injury prevention services businesses. Acquisitions may involve significant cash expenditures, potential debt incurrence and operational losses, dilutive issuances of equity securities and expenses that could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including:

the difficulty and expense of integrating acquired personnel into our business;

the diversion of management’s time from existing operations;

the potential loss of key employees of acquired companies;

the difficulty of assignment and/or procurement of managed care contractual arrangements; and

the assumption of the liabilities and exposure to unforeseen liabilities of acquired companies, including liabilities for failure to comply with healthcare regulations.

21
Employer and other contracted customers may terminate their relationship with us which could adversely affect the business.


TableIn our industrial injury prevention services business, we perform services for large employers and their employees pursuant to contracts and other services agreement.  These contracts and other services agreements are able to be terminated by the employer-clients on little or short notice, and either a breach or termination of Contentsthose contractual arrangements by such clients could cause operating results to be less than expected. Similarly, in our rehabilitation business, we have management and other services agreements with hospitals, physician groups and other ancillary providers; either a breach or termination of those contractual arrangements by such clients could cause operating results to be less than expected.

Risks related to our common stock

Issuance of shares in connection with financing transactions or under stock incentive plans will dilute current stockholders.

Pursuant to our stock incentive plans, our Compensation Committee of the Board, consisting solely of independent directors, is authorized to grant stock awards to our employees, directors and consultants. Shareholders will incur dilution upon the exercise of any outstanding stock awards or the grant of any restricted stock. In addition, if we raise additional funds by issuing additional common stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, further dilution to our existing stockholders will result, and new investors could have rights superior to existing stockholders.

The number of shares of our common stock eligible for future sale could adversely affect the market price of our stock.

At December 31, 2020,2021, we had reserved approximately 233,000172,600 shares for future equity grants. We may issue additional restricted securities or register additional shares of common stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in the future. The issuance of a significant number of shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options or the availability for sale, or sale, of a substantial number of the shares of common stock eligible for future sale under effective registration statements, under Rule 144 or otherwise, could adversely affect the market price of the common stock.

Provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws could delay or prevent a change in control of our company, even if that change would be beneficial to our stockholders.


Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws may delay, discourage, prevent or render more difficult an attempt to obtain control of our company, whether through a tender offer, business combination, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions include the charter authorization of “blank check” preferred stock and a restriction on the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting.

ITEM 1B.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

None

ITEM 2.PROPERTIES.

We lease the properties used for our clinics under non-cancelable operating leases with terms ranging from one to five years, with the exception of the property for one clinic which we own. We intend to lease the premises for any new clinic locations except in rare instances where leasing is not a cost-effective alternative. Our typical clinic occupies 1,000 to 7,000 square feet. There are 1417 clinics occupying space in the range of over 7,000 square feet to 13,500 square feet.

We also lease our executive offices located in Houston, Texas, under a non-cancelable operating lease expiring in February 2028. We currently lease approximately 44,000 square feet of space (including allocations for common areas) at our executive offices.

ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

We are a party to various legal actions, proceedings, and claims (some of which are not insured), and regulatory and other governmental audits and investigations in the ordinary course of our business. We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of pending litigation, proceedings, and regulatory and other governmental audits and investigations. These matters could potentially subject us to sanctions, damages, recoupments, fines, and other penalties. The Department of Justice, CMS, or other federal and state enforcement and regulatory agencies may conduct additional investigations related to our businesses in the future that may, either individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations, and liquidity.

Healthcare providers are subject to lawsuits under the qui tam provisions of the federal False Claims Act. Qui tam lawsuits typically remain under seal for some time while the government decides whether or not to intervene on behalf of a private qui tam plaintiff (known as a relator) and take the lead in the litigation. These lawsuits can involve significant monetary damages and penalties and award bounties to private plaintiffs who successfully bring the suits. We are and have been a defendant in these cases in the past, and may be named as a defendant in similar cases from time to time in the future.

Florida Litigation

On August 19, 2019, we received notice of a qui tam lawsuit (“the Complaint”) filed by a relator on behalf of the United States, titled U.S. ex rel. Bonnie Elsdon, v. U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc., U.S. Physical Therapy, Ltd., Rehab Partners #2, Inc., The Hale Hand Center, Limited Partnership (the “Hale Partnership”), and Suzanne Hale.   This whistleblower lawsuit was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Texas, seeking damages and civil penalties under the federal False Claim Act.  This lawsuit was originally filed under seal by a former employee of The Hale Hand Center, Limited Partnership (“Hale Partnership”), a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, on May 25, 2018.  The U.S Government declined to intervene in the case and unsealed the Complaint on July 17, 2019. The plaintiff - relator served the Complaint on us and the other named defendants on August 19, 2019.

The Complaint allegesalleged that the Hale Partnership engaged in conduct to purposely “upcode” its billings for services provided to Medicare patients. The plaintiff - relator points to three dates of service and provides examples of what it alleges are inflated billings by the Hale Partnership; the relator then claimsalso claimed that similar false claims must have occurred on other days and at other Company-owned partnerships.

On October 3, 2019, we filed Motions to Dismiss based on numerous grounds on behalf of each of the named defendants. On October 29, 2019, the plaintiff-relator dismissed three of the named defendants, Rehab Partners #2, Inc., U.S. Physical Therapy, Ltd., and Suzanne Hale. The Motions to Dismiss as to the remaining two defendants has been fully briefed and is pending before the Court for a ruling.were denied on November 30, 2020.

We have engaged counsel
In January 2022, to avoid the legal fees and fully investigated thediscovery costs in defending this matter and believe that the allegationsuncertainty of protracted litigation, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the plaintiff-relator. In the settlement agreement, the plaintiff-relator released all defendants from liability for all conduct alleged in the Complaint, haveand the Company admitted no merit. We intend to vigorously defend this action, but at this time we are unable to predictliability or wrongdoing.  In connection with the timing and outcomesettlement, the Office of the matter.United States Attorney for the Southern District of Texas agreed to a dismissal of the claims against the Hale Partnership and the Company. Under the terms of the settlement, the Company agreed to make payments to the government, the plaintiff-relator and her counsel. Such payments, in the aggregate, amounted to $2.75 million of which $2.6 million was recorded as an expense in 2021.

ITEM 4.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not Applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Our common stock has traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) since August 14, 2012 under the symbol “USPH.” Prior to that, our common stock was traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “USPH”. As of March 1, 2021,2022, there were 7988 holders of record of our outstanding common stock.

DIVIDENDS

On February 23, 2021,22, 2022, our Board of Directors declared a dividend of $0.35$0.41 per share which will be paid on April 9, 20218, 2022 to shareholders of record as of March 12, 2021.14, 2022. During 2021, we paid a quarterly dividend of $0.35 for the first and second quarters and $0.38 per share for each of the third and fourth quarters, totaling $1.46 per share for the year, which amounted to total aggregate cash payments of dividends to holders of our common stock in 2021 of approximately $18.8 million. During 2020, we paid a cash dividend for the first quarter of 2020 of $0.32 per share on all shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of April 17, 2020 which amounted to $4.1 million. In March 2020, our Board of Directors announced the suspension of any further dividends in 2020. During 2019, we paid a quarterly dividend of $0.27 for the first and second quarters and $0.30 per share for the third and fourth quarters, totaling $1.14 per share for the year, which amounted to total aggregate cash payments of dividends to holders of our common stock in 2019 of approximately $14.5 million. During 2018, we paid a regular quarterly dividend of $0.23 per share, totaling $0.92 per share, which amounted to total aggregate cash payments of dividends to holders of our common stock in 2018 of approximately $11.7 million. We are currently restricted from paying dividends on our common stock in excess of $50,000,000 in any fiscal year on our common stock under the Credit Agreement (as defined in ‘‘Item“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources’’Resources”).

FIVE YEAR PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The performance graph and related description shall not be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or under the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate this information by reference. In addition, the performance graph and the related description shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or “filed” with the SEC or subject to
Regulation 14A or 14C.

On August 14, 2012, our common stock began trading on NYSE. The following performance graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return of our common stock to The NYSE Composite Index and the NYSE Health Care Index for the period from December 31, 20152016 through December 31, 2020.2021. The graph assumes that $100 was invested in our common stock and the common stock of each of the companies listed on The NYSE Composite Index and The NYSE Health Care Index on December 31, 20152016 and that any dividends were reinvested.

Comparison of Five Years Cumulative Total Return for the Year Ended December 31, 20202021

graphicgraphic

12/1512/1612/1712/1812/1912/2012/16 12/17 12/18 12/19 12/20 12/21 
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc.100131135191213224
U.S Physical Therapy. Incs.100 103 146 156 171 136 
NYSE Composite100109126112137143100 116 103 123 131 155 
NYSE Healthcare Index10097115122146162100 119 127 151 168 203 

ITEM 6.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Our Business.We

Our reportable segments include the physical therapy operations segment and the industrial injury prevention services segment. Through our subsidiaries, we operate outpatient physical therapy clinics that provide pre- andpre-and post-operative care and treatment for a varietyof orthopedic-related disorders and sports-related injuries, neurologically-relatedtreatment for neurological-related injuries and rehabilitation of injured workers. At December 31, 2020, we operated 554 clinicsWe also have majority interests in 39 states. The average agecompanies which are leading providers of our clinics at December 31, 2020 was 11.03 years. In addition to our ownership and operation of outpatient physical therapy clinics, we also manage physical therapy facilities for third parties, such as physicians and hospitals, with 38 such third-party facilities under management as of December 31, 2020.

In March 2017, we acquired a 55% interest in the initial industrial injury prevention business. On April 30, 2018, we made a second acquisition and subsequently combined the two businesses. After the combination, the Company owned a 59.45% interest in the combined business, Briotix Health, Limited Partnership (“Briotix Health”).services. Services provided in these businesses include onsite injury prevention and rehabilitation, performance optimization, post-offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations and ergonomic assessments. The majority of these services are contracted with and paid for directly by employers, including a number of Fortune 500 companies. Other clients include large insurers and their contractors. We perform theseThese services are performed through Industrial Sports Medicine Professionals, consisting of both physical therapists and specialized certified athletic trainers (ATCs). On April 11, 2019,

During the last three years we acquired a third company that is a providercompleted the acquisitions of seven multi-clinic practices and three industrial injury prevention services. This acquired company specializes in delivering injury prevention and care, post offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations and return-to-work services. It performs these services across a network in 45 states including onsite at eleven client locations. After the acquisition, the business was then combined with Briotix Health increasing our ownership position in the partnership to approximately 76.0%.businesses as detailed below:

In addition to the above acquired interests in the industrial injury prevention businesses, during 2020, 2019 and 2018, we completed the following acquisitions in our physical therapy operations:
Acquisition Date 
% Interest
Acquired
 
Number of
Clinics
 
December 2021 Acquisition December 31, 2021 75% 3 
November 2021 Acquisition November 30, 2021 70% * 
September 2021 Acquisition September 30, 2021 100% * 
June 2021 Acquisition June 30, 2021 65% 8 
March 2021 Acquisition March 31, 2021 70% 6 
November 2020 Acquisition November 30, 2020 75% 3 
September 2020 Acquisition September 30, 2020 70% ** 
February 2020 Acquisition February 27, 2020 65% *** 4 
September 2019 Acquisition September 30, 2019 67% 11 
April 2019 Acquisition April 11, 2019 100% * 

Acquisition Date 
% Interest
Acquired
 
Number of
Clinics
November 2020 Acquisition November 30, 2020 75% 3
September 2020 Acquisition September 30, 2020 70% *
February 2020 Acquisition February 27, 2020 65% ** 4
September 2019 Acquisition September 30, 2019 67% 11
August 2018 Acquisition August 31, 2018 70% 4

*Industrial injury prevention business
**The business includes six management and services contracts which have been in place for a number of years. As of the date acquired, the contracts had a remaining term of approximately five years as of the date acquired.years.
***The four clinics are in four separate partnerships.  The Company's interest in the four partnerships   rangepartnershipsrange from 10.0% to 83.8%, with an overall 65.0% based on the initial purchase transaction.

AlsoBesides the multi-clinic acquisitions referenced in the table above, during 2019,2021 and 2020, we purchased the assets and business of onethree physical therapy clinicclinics in a separate transaction.transactions. The clinic operatesclinics operate as a satellite clinicclinics of onethree of our existing clinic partnerships. Besides
During the multi-clinic acquisitionyear ended December 31, 2021, we sold two clinics. The aggregate sales price was $0.1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we sold 14 previously closed clinics. The aggregate sales price was $1.1 million, of which $0.7 million was paid in 2018 referencedcash and $0.4 million in a note receivable, payable in two equal installments of principal and any accrued interest.  The first payment was received in June 2021 and the table above, we acquired five separate clinic practices through severalnext payment is due on June 15, 2022.
22

We intend to continue to pursue additional acquisition opportunities, develop new clinics and open satellite clinics.

Impact of COVID-19

As previously disclosed in a series of filings with the SEC and further described in detail in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the first three quarters of 2020 and our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended MarchDecember 31, 2020, June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020 filed with the SEC on May 21, 2020, August 7, 2020, and November 6, 2020, respectively, our results have beenwere negatively impacted by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. Management has taken a number of steps to reduce costs, make up for operating losses incurredpandemic in March and April, and increase profits. We continue to experience somewhat lower physical therapy patient volumes; however revenues improved significantly in2020. For the 2020 fourth quarter,2021 period as compared to the 2020 secondperiod, the increase in revenues and third quarters. Our average physical therapy patient volumes per day per clinic were 26.2, 18.9, 25.8expenses are primarily due to our business returning to and 27.7 respectively, in the first to fourth quarters of 2020. Our industrial injury prevention business has been less affected by the pandemic.

In March, with the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, we began to furlough or terminate approximately 40% of our 5,500 full and part-time workforce. As of December 31, 2020 approximately 1,200 of the furloughed employees have returned to work at some point during the year.

As of the filing of this annual report, we continue to experience lower physical therapy revenues. As stay at home orders and other restrictions have been lifted, we have seen our physical therapy volumes trending upwards. Should stay at home orders or other restrictions be reenacted, we could see our patient volume and revenues decline again.now exceeding pre-pandemic results.

We have put preparedness plans in place at our facilities to maintain continuity of operations, while also taking steps to keep employees and patients safe. In line with recommendations to reduce large gatherings and increase social distancing, we have, where practical, transitionedcontinue to allow a large number of office-based employees to a remote work environment.remotely. We are monitoring the situation and will adjust work environments accordingly.

In March 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the federal government approved the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into law.. The CARES Act provides numerous tax provisions and other stimulus measures, including temporary changes regarding the prior and future utilization of net operating losses, temporary changes to the prior and future limitations on interest deductions, temporary suspension of certain payment requirements for the employer portion of Social Security taxes, technical corrections from prior tax legislation for tax depreciation of certain qualified improvement property, and the creation of certain payroll tax credits associated with the retention of employees.

We have received a number of benefits under the CARES Act including, but not limited to:

The CARES Act allowed for qualified healthcare providers to receive advanced payments under the existing Medicare Accelerated and Advance Payments Program (“MAAPP funds”) during the COVID-19 pandemic. Under this program, healthcare providers could choose to receive advanced payments for future Medicare services provided. We applied for and received approval to receive MAAP funds from Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) in April 2020. We will record these payments as a liability until all performance obligations have been met as the paymentswere made on behalf of patients before services were provided. Currently, MAAPP funds received are required to be applied to future Medicare billings commencing in August 2021, with all such remaining amounts required to be repaid by January 2024. Beginning January 2024, any unpaid balance will begin accruing interest. We currently intendto repay funds prior to August 2021. Included in cash and cash equivalents and accrued liabilities at December 31, 2020 is $14.1 million of MAAPP funds.
The CARES Act allowed for qualified healthcare providers to receive advanced payments under the existing Medicare Accelerated and Advance Payments Program (“MAAPP funds”) during the COVID-19 pandemic. Under this program, healthcare providers could choose to receive advanced payments for future Medicare services provided. We applied for and received approval to receive MAAP funds from Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) in April 2020. We recorded the $14.1 million in advance payments received as a liability. During the quarter ended March 31, 2021, we repaid the MAAPP funds of $14.1 million rather than applying them to future services performed.

We elected to defer depositing the employer’s share of Social Security taxes for payments due from March 27, 2020, through December 31, 2020, interest-free and penalty-free. In December 2021, we paid $4.1 million related to these deferred payments.  As of December 31, 2020,2021, $4.2 million related to these deferred payments is included in accrued liabilities and $4.1 million is included in long term liabilities.

The CARES Act provided additional waivers, reimbursement, grants and other funds to assist health care providers during the COVID-19 pandemic, including $100.0 billion in appropriations for the Public Health and Social Services Emergency Fund, also referred to as the Provider Relief Fund, to be used for preventing, preparing, and responding to the coronavirus, and for reimbursing eligible health care providers for lost revenues and health care related expenses that are attributable to COVID-19. ThroughFor the years ended December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, ourthe Company’s consolidated subsidiaries receivedrecorded income of approximately $4.6 million and $13.5 million, respectively, of payments under the CARES Act (“Relief Funds”). In accordance with GAAP,Under the Company’s accounting policy, these payments have beenwere recorded as Other income – Relief Funds. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we have recognized approximately $13.5 million, as Other income – Relief Funds on the accompanying consolidated statements of income. These funds are not required to be repaid upon attestation and provided that we complycompliance with certain terms and conditions, regarding the use of such funds, which could change materially based on evolving grant compliance provisions and guidance provided by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Currently, wethe Company can attest to and comply with the terms and conditions.  We will continue to monitor the evolving guidelines and may record adjustments as additional information is released.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Critical accounting policies are those that have a significant impact on our results of operations and financial position involving significant estimates requiring our judgment. Our critical accounting policies are:

Revenue Recognition.

Revenues are recognized in the period in which services are rendered. Net patient revenuesrevenue consists of revenues for physical therapy and occupational therapy clinics that provide pre-and post-operative care and treatment for orthopedic related disorders, sports-related injuries, preventative care, rehabilitation of injured workers and neurological-related injuries. Net patient revenuesrevenue (patient revenues less estimated contractual adjustments) areis recognized at the estimated net realizable amounts from third-party payors, patients and others in exchange for services rendered when obligations under the terms of the contract are satisfied. There is an implied contract between us and the patient upon each patient visit. Generally, this occurs as we provide physical and occupational therapy services, as each service provided is distinct and future services rendered are not dependent on previously rendered services. We have agreements with third-party payors that provide for payments to us at amounts different from our established rates. The allowance for estimated contractual adjustments is based on terms of payor contracts and historical collection and write-off experience.

Management contract revenues,revenue, which areis included in other revenuesrevenue in the consolidated statements of net income, areis derived from contractual arrangements whereby we manage a clinic owned by a third party. We do not have any ownership interest in these clinics. Typically, revenues are determined based on the number of visits conducted at the clinic and recognized at the point in time when services are performed. Costs, typically salaries for our employees, are recorded when incurred.

Revenues from the industrial injury prevention services business, which are also included in other revenues in the consolidated statements of net income, are derived from onsite services we provide to clients’ employees including injury prevention, rehabilitation, ergonomic assessments and performance optimization. Revenue from the industrial injury prevention services business is recognized when obligations under the terms of the contract are satisfied. Revenues are recognized at an amount equal to the consideration we expect to receive in exchange for providing injury prevention services to itsour clients. The revenue is determined and recognized based on the number of hours and respective rate for services provided in a given period.

Additionally, other revenues includerevenue includes services we provide on-site at locations such as schools and industrial worksites for physical or occupational therapy services, athletic trainers and gym membership fees. Contract terms and rates are agreed to in advance between us and the third parties. Services are typically performed over the contract period and revenue is recorded at the point of service. If the services are paid in advance, revenue is recorded as a contract liability over the period of the agreement and recognized at the point in time when the services are performed.

In May 2014, March 2016, April 2016, and December 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Principal versus Agent Considerations, ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, ASU 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Narrow Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients, and ASU 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customer (collectively the “standards”), respectively, which supersede most of the current revenue recognition requirements (“ASC 606”). The core principle of the new guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

We implemented the new standardsASC 606 beginning January 1, 2018, using a modified retrospective transition method. The principal change relates to how the new standard requires healthcare providers to estimate the amount of variable consideration to be included in the transaction price up to an amount which is probable that a significant reversal will not occur. The most common forms of variable consideration we experience are amounts for services provided that are ultimately not realizable from a customer. There were no changes to revenues or other revenues upon implementation. Under the new standards, our estimate for unrealizable amounts will continue to be recognized as a reduction to revenue. The bad debt expense historically reported will not materially change.

For ASC 606, there is an implied contract between us and the patient upon each patient visit. Separate contractual arrangements exist between us and third partythird-party payors (e.g. insurers, managed care programs, government programs, and workers' compensation programs which establish the amounts the third parties pay on behalf of the patients for covered services rendered. While these agreements are not considered contracts with the customer, they are used for determining the transaction price for services provided to the patients covered by the third partythird-party payors. The payor contracts do not indicate performance obligations for us but indicate reimbursement rates for patients who are covered by those payors when the services are provided. At that time, we are obligated to provide services for the reimbursement rates stipulated in the payor contracts. The execution of the contract alone does not indicate a performance obligation. For self-paying customers, the performance obligation exists when we provide the services at established rates. The difference between our established rate and the anticipated reimbursement rate is accounted for as an offset to revenue – revenue—contractual allowance.

We determine allowances for credit losses based on the specific agings of receivables and payor classifications at each clinic. The provision for credit losses is included in clinic operating costs in the statements of net income. Patient accounts receivable, which are stated at the historical carrying amount net of contractual allowances, write-offs and allowance for credit losses, includes only those amounts we estimate to be collectible.

The following table details the revenue related to the various categories (in thousands).:

  Year Ended 
  December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Net patient revenue $438,330  $373,340  $433,345 
Other revenue  2,939   2,020   2,486 
Physical therapy operations  441,269   375,360   435,831 
Management contract revenue  9,853   8,410   8,676 
Industrial injury prevention services revenue  43,900   39,199   37,462 
  $495,022  $422,969  $481,969 
 Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018 
Net patient revenues $373,340  $433,345  $417,703 
Management contract revenues  8,410   8,676   8,339 
Other revenues  2,020   2,486   2,403 
Physical therapy operations $383,770  $444,507  $428,445 
Industrial injury prevention services revenues  39,199   37,462   25,466 
  $422,969  $481,969  $453,911 

Contractual Allowances. Contractual allowances result from the differences between the rates charged for services performed andexpected reimbursements by both insurance companies and government sponsored healthcare programs for such services. Medicare regulations and the various third party payors and managed care contracts are often complex and may include multiple reimbursement mechanisms payable for the services provided in our clinics. We estimate contractual allowances based on our interpretation of the applicable regulations, payor contracts and historical calculations. Each month we estimate our contractual allowance for each clinic based on payor contracts and the historical collection experience of the clinic and apply an appropriate contractual allowance reserve percentage to the gross accounts receivable balances for each payor of the clinic. Based on our historical experience, calculating the contractual allowance reserve percentage at the payor level is sufficient to allow us to provide the necessary detail and accuracy with our collectability estimates. However, the services authorized and provided and related reimbursement are subject to interpretation that could result in payments that differ from our estimates. Payor terms are periodically revised necessitating continual review and assessment of the estimates made by management. Our billing systems may not capture the exact change in our contractual allowance reserve estimate from period to period. Therefore, in order to assess the accuracy of our revenues and hence our contractual allowance reserves, our management regularly compares our cash collections to corresponding net revenues measured both in the aggregate and on a clinic-by-clinic basis. In the aggregate, the historical difference between net revenues and corresponding cash collections in any given fiscal year has generally reflected a difference within approximately 1.0% to 1.5% of net revenues. Additionally, analysis of subsequent period’s contractual write-offs on a payor basis reflects a difference within approximately 1.0% to 1.5% between the actual aggregate contractual reserve percentage as compared to the estimated contractual allowance reserve percentage associated with the same period end balance. As a result, we believe that a reasonable likely change in the contractual allowance reserve estimate would not be more than 1% to 1.5% of gross billings in accounts receivable at December 31, 2020.2021. For purposes of demonstrating the sensitivity of this estimate on our Company’s financial condition, a 1% to 1.5% increase or decrease in our aggregate contractual allowance reserve percentage would decrease or increase, respectively, net patient revenue by approximately $1.2$1.3 million to $1.8$1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.2021. Management believes the changes in the estimate of the contractual allowance reserve for the periods ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 20182019 have not been material to the statement of income.

The following table sets forth information regarding our patient accounts receivable as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 December 31,  December 31, 
 2020  2019  2021 2020 
Gross patient accounts receivable $119,180  $124,035  $129,524  $119,180 
Less contractual allowances  75,266   75,109   80,484   75,266 
Subtotal - accounts receivable  43,914   48,926   49,040   43,914 
Less allowance for credit losses  2,008   2,698   2,768   2,008 
Net patient accounts receivable $41,906  $46,228  $46,272  $41,906 

The following table presents our patient accounts receivable aging by payor class as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Payor 
Current to
120 Days
  120+ Days  Total  
Current to
120 Days
  120+ Days  Total 
Managed Care/ Commercial Plans $13,053  $1,774  $14,827  $14,159  $1,783  $15,942 
Medicare/Medicaid  10,707   1,196   11,903   11,408   1,491   12,899 
Workers Compensation*  6,576   926   7,502   6,593   1,121   7,714 
Self-pay  4,086   3,146   7,232   4,365   3,040   7,405 
Other**  1,108   1,342   2,450   808   1,460   2,268 
Totals $35,530  $8,384  $43,914  $37,333  $8,895  $46,228 

*    Workers compensation is paid by state administrators or their designated agents.
  December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020 
Payor 
Current to
120 Days
  120+ Days  Total  
Current to
120 Days
  120+ Days  Total 
Managed Care/ Commercial Plans $13,985  $2,381  $16,366  $13,053  $1,774  $14,827 
Medicare/Medicaid  13,442   1,636   15,078   10,707   1,196   11,903 
Workers Compensation*  5,600   1,312   6,912   6,576   926   7,502 
Self-pay  4,371   3,316   7,687   4,086   3,146   7,232 
Other**  1,168   1,829   2,997   1,108   1,342   2,450 
Totals $38,566  $10,474  $49,040  $35,530  $8,384  $43,914 

*Workers compensation is paid by state administrators or their designated agents.
**  Other includes primarily litigation claims and, to a lesser extent, vehicular insurance claims.
**Other includes primarily litigation claims and, to a lesser extent, vehicular insurance claims.

Reimbursement for Medicare beneficiaries is based upon a fee schedule published by HHS. For a more complete description of our third partythird-party revenue sources, see “Business—Sources of Revenue” in Item 1.

Goodwill. The fair value of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives are evaluated for impairment atleast annually and upon the occurrence of certain events or conditions and are written down to fair value if considered impaired. These events or conditions include but are not limited to: a significant adverse change in the business environment, regulatory environment, or legal factors; a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of such losses or a projection of continuing losses; or a sale or disposition of a significant portion of a reporting unit. The occurrence of one of these events or conditions could significantly impact an impairment assessment, necessitating an impairment charge. We evaluate indefinite-lived tradenames using the relief from royalty method in conjunction with itsour annual goodwill impairment test.

We operate a two segment business which is made up of various clinics within partnerships, and the other is an industrial injury prevention services business. The partnerships are components of regions and are aggregated to the operating segment level for the purpose of determining our reporting units when performing our annual goodwill impairment test. In 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018,2019, there were six regions. In addition to the six regions, in 20202021 and 2019,2020, the impairment analysis included a separate analysis for the industrial injury prevention services business, as a separate reporting unit.

As part of the impairment analysis, we are first required to assess qualitatively if we can conclude whether goodwill is more likely than not impaired. If goodwill is more likely than not impaired, we are then required to complete a quantitative analysis of whether a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. In evaluating whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company considerswe consider relevant events or circumstances that affect the fair value or carrying amount of a reporting unit. The Company considersWe consider both the income and market approach in determining the fair value of its reporting units when performing a quantitative analysis.

An impairment loss generally would be recognized when the carrying amount of the net assets of a reporting unit, inclusive of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets, exceeds the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. The evaluation of goodwill in 2021, 2020 2019 and 20182019 did not result in any goodwill amounts that were deemed impaired.

Based on the economic conditions in 2020, and the decline in patient visits due to the pandemic,For our annual assessment of goodwill, we evaluated whether events or circumstances indicated that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting units were reduced below their carrying value as of December 31, 2020.2021. As a result of the assessment, we determined that it was not more likely than not that goodwill and tradenames of the reporting units waswere impaired as of December 31, 2020. Due to the uncertainty of the current economic conditions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, we will continue to review the carrying amounts of goodwill and other intangibles.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, we derecognized (wrote-off) goodwill in the amount of $1.9 million related to certain closed clinics due to COVID-19.2021.

Redeemable Non-Controlling Interests InterestThe non-controlling interests that are reflected as redeemable non-controlling interestsinterest inour consolidated financial statements consist of those owners, including us, that have certain redemption rights, whether currently exercisable or not, and which currently, or in the future, require that we purchase or the owner sell the non-controlling interest held by the owner, if certain conditions are met and the owners request the purchase (“Put Right”). We also have a call right (“Call Right”). The Put Right or Call Right may be triggered by the owner or us, respectively, at such time as both of the following events have occurred: 1) termination of the owner’s employment, regardless of the reason for such termination, and 2) the passage of specified number of years after the closing of the transaction, typically three to five years, as defined in the limited partnership agreement. The Put Rights and Call Rights are not automatic (even upon death) and require either the owner or us to exercise our rights when the conditions triggering the Put or Call Rights have been satisfied. The purchase price is derived at a predetermined formula based on a multiple of trailing twelve months earnings performance as defined in the respective limited partnership agreements.

On the date we acquire a controlling interest in a partnership and the limited partnership agreement for such partnerships contains redemption rights not under our control, the fair value of the non-controlling interest is recorded in the consolidated balance sheet under the caption – caption—Redeemable non-controlling interestsinterest. Then, in each reporting period thereafter until it is purchased by us, the redeemable non-controlling interest is adjusted to the greater of its then current redemption value or initial value, based on the predetermined formula defined in the respective limited partnership agreement. As a result, the value of the non-controlling interest is not adjusted below its initial value. We record any adjustment in the redemption value, net of tax, directly to retained earnings and not in the consolidated statements of income. Although the adjustments are not reflected in the consolidated statements of income, current accounting rules require that we reflect the adjustments, net of tax, in the earnings per share calculation. The amount of net income attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest owners is included in consolidated net income on the face of the consolidated statement of income statement.. We believe the redemption value (i.e. the carrying amount) and fair value are the same.

Effective December 31, 2017, we entered into amendments to our limited partnership agreements for our acquired partnerships replacing the mandatory redemption feature. No monetary consideration was paid to the partners to amend the agreements. The amended limited partnership agreements provide that, upon the triggering events, we have a Call Right and the selling entity or individual has a Put Right for the purchase and sale of the limited partnership interest held by the partner. Once triggered, the Put Right and the Call Right do not expire, even upon an individual partner’s death, and contain no mandatory redemption feature. The purchase price of the partner’s limited partnership interest upon the exercise of either the Put Right or the Call Right is calculated per the terms of the respective agreements. We accounted for the amendment of the limited partnership agreements as an extinguishment of the outstanding mandatorily redeemable non-controlling interests, which were classified as liabilities, through the issuance of new redeemable non-controlling interests classified in temporary equity. Pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 470-50-40-2, we removed the outstanding liabilities at their carrying amounts, recognized the new temporary equities at their fair value, and recorded no gain or loss on extinguishment as management believes the redemption value (i.e. the carrying amount) and fair value are the same. In summary, the redemption values of the mandatorily redeemable non-controlling interest (previously classified as liabilities) were reclassified as redeemable non-controlling interest (temporary equity) at fair value on the December 31, 2017, consolidated balance sheet.

Non-Controlling Interests – Interest—We recognize non-controlling interests, in which we have no obligation but the right to purchase thenon-controlling interests, as equity in the consolidated financial statements separate from the parent entity’s equity. The amount of net income attributable to non-controlling interests is included in consolidated net income on the face of the consolidated statements of income. Operating losses are allocated to non-controlling interests even when such allocation creates a deficit balance for the non-controlling interest partner. When we purchase a non-controlling interest and the purchase differs from the book value at the time of purchase, any excess or shortfall is recognized as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital.

SELECTED OPERATING AND FINANCIAL DATA

The following table and discussion relatesrelate to continuing operations unless otherwise noted. The defined terms with their respective description used in the following discussion are listed below:

2021Year ended December 31, 2021
2020Year ended December 31, 2020
2019 Year ended December 31, 2019
New Clinics2021 AdditionsClinics opened or acquired during the year ended December 31, 2021
2020 AdditionsClinics opened or acquired during the year ended December 31, 2020
Clinics AdditionsClinics opened or acquired during the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
Mature ClinicsClinics opened or acquired prior to January 1, 2020 and are still operating

The following table presents selected operating and financial data, used by management as key indicators of our operating performance:

 For the Years Ended December 31,  For the Years Ended December 31, 
 2020  2019  2021 2020 
Number of clinics, at the end of period  554   583  591 554 
Working Days  256   255  254 256 
Average visits per day per clinic  24.6   27.6  29.1 24.6 
Total patient visits  3,533,371   4,091,967  4,219,576 3,533,371 
Net patient revenue per visit $105.66  $105.90  $103.88 $105.66 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

FISCAL YEAR 20202021 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2019

Reported net revenues for 2020 was $423.0 million as compared to $482.0 million for 2019. See table below for a detail of reported net revenues (in thousands):

 For the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Revenues:      
Net patient revenues $373,340  $433,345 
Management contract revenue  8,410   8,676 
Other patient revenues  2,020   2,486 
Physical therapy operations $383,770  $444,507 
Industrial injury prevention services  39,199   37,462 
  $422,969  $481,969 

For 2020, our2021, the net income attributable to our shareholders in accordance with GAAP, was $40.8 million compared to $35.2 million as compared tofor 2020 and $40.0 million for the comparable period of 2019.year ended December 31, 2019 (“2019”). Inclusive of the charge or credit for revaluation of non-controlling interest, net of tax,taxes, used to compute diluted earnings per diluted share in accordance with GAAP, earningsthe amount was $31.1 million, or $2.41 per diluted share, wasfor 2021 as compared to $31.8 million, or $2.48 per diluted share, for 2020, and $31.3 million, or $2.45 per diluted share, for 2019.  For both 20202021 and 2019,2020, in accordance with current accounting guidance, the revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest, net of tax, is not included in net income but rather charged directly to retained earnings; however, the charge for this change is included in the earnings per basic and diluted share calculation. See table below (in thousands, except per share data).:

 Year Ended December 31,  
For the Year Ended  December 31,
 
 2020  2019  2021 2020 
Computation of earnings per share - USPH shareholders:           
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders $35,194  $40,039  $40,831  $35,194 
Credit (charges) to retained earnings:        
(Charges) credit to retained earnings:        
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest  (4,632)  (11,893)  (13,011)  (4,632)
Tax effect at statutory rate (federal and state) of 26.25%  1,216   3,121 
Tax effect at statutory rate (federal and state) of 25.55% and 26.25%, respectively  3,324   1,216 
 $31,144  $31,778 
 $31,778  $31,267         
Earnings per share (basic and diluted) $2.48  $2.45  $2.41  $2.48 

For 2020,2021, our Operating Results, (as defined below), includinginclusive of Relief Funds, (defined below)were $43.8 million, or $3.39 per diluted share, an increase of 13.8%, wasas compared to $38.4 million, or $2.99 per diluted share, as compared to $36.0 million, or $2.82 per diluted share in 2019.for 2020.  For 2020,2021, our Operating Results, excluding Relief Funds was(as defined below), were $40.9 million, or $3.17 per diluted share, an increase of 33.5%, as compared to $30.6 million, or $2.39 per diluted share, as compared to $36.0 million, or $2.82 per diluted share in 2019.for 2020.  Operating Results, a non-Generally Accepted Accounting PrinciplePrinciples (“GAAP”non-GAAP”) measure, equals net income attributable to ourdiluted shareholders per the consolidated statements of net income plus charges incurred for closure  costs, less gain on the sale of partnership interests and clinics less allocated non-controlling interests, excludes expensesplus charges incurred for the transitionclinic closure costs and expenses related to our new Chief Financial Officer,executive officer transitions and settlement of a legal matter, all net of tax. The earningstaxes. Operating Results per diluted share from Operating Results also excludes the impact of the revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest.interest and the associated tax impact. See table below for a detailed computation (in thousands, except per share data):

  For the Year Ended December 31, 
  2021  2020 
Computation of earnings per share - USPH shareholders:      
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders $40,831  $35,194 
Credit (charges) to retained earnings:        
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest  (13,011)  (4,632)
Tax effect at statutory rate (federal and state) of 25.55% and 26.25%, respectively  3,324   1,216 
  $31,144  $31,778 
         
Earnings per share (basic and diluted) $2.41  $2.48 
         
Adjustments:        
Closure costs  30   3,931 
Expenses related to executive officers transition  1,301   1,331 
Gain on sale of partnership interest and clinics  -   (1,091)
Relief Funds  (4,597)  (13,500)
Settlement of a liability  2,635   - 
Allocation to non-controlling interest  676   3,116 
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest  13,011   4,632 
Tax effect at statutory rate (federal and state) of 25.55% and 26.25%, respectively  (3,336)  415 
Operating Results (excluding Relief Funds) (a non-GAAP measure) $40,864  $30,612 
         
Relief Funds $4,597  $13,500 
Allocation to non-controlling interest  (715)  (2,893)
Tax effect at statutory rate (federal and state) of 25.55% and 26.25%, respectively  (992)  (2,784)
Operating Results (including Relief Funds) (a non-GAAP measure) $43,754  $38,435 
         
Basic and diluted Operating Results per share (excluding Relief Funds) (a non-GAAP measure) $3.17  $2.39 
Basic and diluted Operating Results per share (including Relief Funds) (a non-GAAP measure) $3.39  $2.99 
         
Shares used in computation - basic and diluted  12,898   12,835 

 Year Ended December 31, 
  2020  2019 
Computation of earnings per share - USPH shareholders:      
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders $35,194  $40,039 
Credit (charges) to retained earnings:        
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest  (4,632)  (11,893)
Tax effect at statutory rate (federal and state) of 26.25%  1,216   3,121 
  $31,778  $31,267 
Earnings per share (basic and diluted) $2.48  $2.45 
Adjustments:        
Expenses related to CFO transition  1,331   - 
Closure costs  3,931   - 
Gain on sale of partnership interest and clinics  (1,091)  (5,514)
Relief Funds  (13,500)  - 
Allocation to non-controlling interest  3,116   - 
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest  4,632   11,893 
Tax effect at statutory rate (federal and state) of 26.25%  415   (1,674)
Operating Results (without Relief Funds) $30,612  $35,972 
Relief Funds  13,500   - 
Allocation to non-controlling interest  (2,893)  - 
Tax effect at statutory rate (federal and state) of 26.25%  (2,784)  - 
Operating Results (including Relief Funds) $38,435  $35,972 
Basic and diluted Operating Results (without Relief Funds) per share $2.39  $2.82 
Basic and diluted Operating Results (including Relief Funds) per share $2.99  $2.82 
Shares used in computation - basic and diluted  12,835   12,756 

For 2020, the Company's Adjusted EBITDA was $70.0 million compared to $72.8 million in 2019. For 2020, the Company's Adjusted EBITDA, excluding Relief Funds, was $56.5 million. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest income, interest expense – debt and other, taxes, depreciation, amortization, derecognition of goodwill and equity-based awards compensation expense. See reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income attributable to our shareholders in the following table (in thousands):


 Year Ended December 31, 
  2020  2019 
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders $35,194  $40,039 
Adjustments:        
Depreciation and amortization  10,533   10,095 
Closure costs - derecognition of goodwill  1,859   - 
Relief Funds  (13,500)  - 
Interest income  (142)  (46)
Interest expense - debt and other  1,634   2,079 
Provision for income taxes  13,022   13,647 
Equity-based awards compensation expense  7,917   6,985 
Adjusted EBITDA (without Relief Funds) $56,517  $72,799 
Relief Funds  13,500   - 
Adjusted EBITDA $70,017  $72,799 

The above tables reconciletable reconciles net income attributable to our shareholders calculated in accordance with GAAP to Adjusted EBITDA and Operating Results, a non-GAAP measuresmeasure defined above. We believe that Operating Results, which eliminates certain items described above that can be subject to volatility and unusual costs, is one of the principal measures to evaluate and monitor financial performance period over period. We also believe that Operating Results is useful information for investors to use in comparing the Company's period-to-period results as well as for comparing with other similar businesses. We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful information for investors in comparing the Company’s period-to-period results as well as comparing with similar businesses which report adjusted EBITDA as defined by their company.

Operating Results and Adjusted EBITDA areis not measuresa measure of financial performance under GAAP. Operating ResultsGAAP and, Adjusted EBITDAtherefore, should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to, or substitute for, net income attributable to our shareholders presented in the consolidated financial statements.

Net Patient RevenuesReported total revenue

Reported total revenue for 2021 increased $72.1 million, or 17.0% to $495.0 million as compared to $423.0 million for 2020.  See table below for a detail of reported total revenue (in thousands):

  Year Ended 
  December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020 
Revenue related to Mature Clinics $402,744  $358,103 
Revenue related to 2021 Clinic Additions  13,802   - 
Revenue related to 2020 Clinic Additions  21,283   9,664 
Revenue from clinics sold or closed in 2021  455   1,242 
Revenue from clinics sold or closed in 2020  46   4,331 
Net patient revenue from physical therapy operations  438,330   373,340 
Other revenue  2,939   2,020 
Revenue from physical therapy operations  441,269   375,360 
Management contract revenue  9,853   8,410 
Industrial injury prevention services  43,900   39,199 
Net Revenue $495,022  $422,969 

Net patient revenuesrevenue from physical therapy operations decreased approximately 13.8%

Net patient revenue from physical therapy operations increased $65.0 million, or $60.017.4%, to $438.3 million tofor 2021 from $373.3 million in 2020 from $433.3 million in 2019.2020. Included in net patient revenues aboverevenue from physical therapy operations are revenues related to clinics sold or closed of $0.5 million for 2021 and $5.5 million for 2020.  During 2021, the Company sold its interest in 2020two clinics and 2019 of $4.4 million in 2020 and $28.6 million in 2019.closed three clinics. During 2020, the Company sold its interest in 14 clinics and closed 34 clinics. During 2019, the Company sold its interest in a partnership which include 30 clinics and closed 11 clinics. For comparison purposes, adjusted forexcluding revenue from the clinics sold or closed, net patient revenuesrevenue from physical therapy operations was approximately $369.0$437.8 million infor 2021 and $367.8 million for 2020, inclusivean increase of $9.7 million related to New Clinics and $404.8 million in 2019. Net patient revenues19.1%. Revenue related to Mature Clinics decreased by $45.5increased $44.6 million, in 2020or 12.5%, for 2021 compared to 2019. The reduction is largely attributable to the adverse effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. See table below for a detail of net patient revenues from physical therapy operations (in thousands):2020.

 For the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Related to Mature Clinics $359,294  $404,784 
Related to New Clinics  9,664   - 
From 2020 sold and closed clinics  4,382   15,542 
From 2019 sold and closed clinics  -   13,019 
  $373,340  $433,345 

Including all clinics operational during 2020 and 2019, theThe average net patient revenue per visit was $103.88 for 2021 as compared to $105.66 and $105.90 respectively.for 2020, including all clinics operational during such periods. Total patient visits were 4,219,576 for 2021 and 3,533,371 infor 2020, and 4,091,967 in 2019. The reduction is largely attributable to the adverse effectsan increase of the COVID-19 pandemic.19.4%.

Net patient revenues are based on established billing rates less allowances and discounts for patients covered by contractual programs and workers’ compensation. Net patient revenues reflect contractual and other adjustments, which we evaluate monthly, relating to patient discounts from certain payors. Payments received under these contractual programs and workers’ compensation are based on predetermined rates and are generally less than the established billing rates of the clinics.

Other Revenues

Other revenues, consisting primarily of revenuesrevenue from ourphysical therapy operations, management contracts and industrial injury prevention business and management feesservices

Other revenue increased by $1.0 million, from $48.6was $2.9 million in 2019 to $49.62021 and $2.0 million in 2020.  Revenues from management contracts were $8.4$9.9 million for 2020in 2021 as compared to $8.7$8.4 million for 2019.in 2020. Revenue from our industrial injury prevention services business increased 4.6%12.0% to $43.9 million in 2021 compared to $39.2 million in 2020, comparedwith $2.2 million of the increase related to $37.5 million in 2019. Other revenues were $2.0 million in 2020 and $2.4 million in 2019. See table below for a detailthe acquisition of reported net revenues (in thousands):an industrial injury prevention services business on November 30, 2021.

 For the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Revenues:      
Net patient revenues $373,340  $433,345 
Management contract revenue  8,410   8,676 
Other patient revenues  2,020   2,486 
Physical therapy operations $383,770  $444,507 
Industrial injury prevention services  39,199   37,462 
  $422,969  $481,969 

Operating Costscost

Total operating costs,cost, excluding closure costs, werea non-GAAP measure, was $377.8 million in 2021, as compared to $324.6 million in 2020, as compared to $369.5 million in 2019. Operating2020. Total operating cost, excluding closure costs, were 76.7%was 76.3% as a percentage of net revenuesrevenue in both2021 and 76.7% in 2020. On a cost per visit basis, total operating cost, excluding closure costs, was $79.70 per visit in 2021 as compared to $81.74 per visit in 2020, and 2019.a decrease of 2.5%.  Included in operating costscost for 2021 was $30.6 million related to Clinic Additions, of which $19.6 million was associated with the 2020 Clinic Additions.  Included in operating cost for 2020 was $8.4 million related to New Clinics.2020 Clinic Additions. Operating costs forcost related to Mature Clinics decreasedincreased by $31.3$31.7 million in 2020for 2021 compared to 2019.2020.  Operating costscost related to management contracts decreasedincreased by $0.7 million. Operating costs$1.7 million in 2021 compared to 2020. In addition, operating cost related to the industrial injury prevention services business were $29.1increased by $4.1 million in both 2020 and 2019.for the comparable periods.  See table below for a detail of operating costs,cost, excluding closure costs (a non-GAAP measure) (in thousands):

 For the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Physical Therapy Operations      
Related to Mature Clinics $274,781  $306,128 
Related to New Clinics  8,416   - 
Related to 2020 closed and sold clinics  5,583   14,588 
Related to 2019 closed and sold clinics  40   12,283 
Physical therapy management contracts  6,654   7,389 
Total Physical Therapy Operations $295,474  $340,388 
Industrial injury prevention services  29,114   29,082 
Total operating costs, excluding closure costs $324,588  $369,470 
29

  Year Ended 
  December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020 
Operating cost related to Mature Clinics $305,148  $273,476 
Operating cost related to 2021 Clinic Additions  11,080   - 
Operating cost related to 2020 Clinic Additions  19,561   8,416 
Operating cost related to clinics sold or closed in 2021  484   1,345 
Operating cost related to clinics sold or closed in 2020  25   5,583 
Closure costs  30   3,931 
Physical therapy operations  336,328   292,751 
Physical therapy management contracts  8,306   6,655 
Industrial injury prevention services  33,206   29,113 
Total operating cost $377,840  $328,519 
 Less: Physical therapy operations - closure costs  (30)  (3,931)
Total operating cost excluding closure costs (a non-GAAP measure) $377,810  $324,588 

Closure costs in the current period of2020 were $3.9 million, includewhich includes estimates of remaining lease obligations, derecognition of goodwill and other costs related to closed and sold clinics. Each component of clinic operating costs is discussed below:

Operating Costs—Cost—Salaries and Related Costs

Salaries and related costs decreasedincreased to $278.5 million for 2021 from $235.6 million forin 2020, from $274.2 million in 2019, a decreasean increase of $38.6$42.8 million, or 14.1%18.2%. Included in salaries and related costs for 20202021 was $5.5$7.3 million related to New Clinics.2021 Clinic Additions. Salaries and related costs for clinics sold or closed in 2021 and 2020 and 2019 were $3.0$0.3 million and $16.7$3.8 million in 20202021 and 2019,2020, respectively. Salaries and related costs for Mature Clinics decreased $31.2increased $26.5 million in 20202021 compared to 2019.2020. Salaries and related costs for management contracts decreased $0.4 million.increased $1.4 million for 2021 compared to 2020. Salaries and related costs for the industrial injury prevention services business increased $1.1 million.$2.8 million for the comparable periods. Salaries and related costs as a percentage of net revenues waswere 56.3% for 2021 and 55.7% for 2020. Salaries and related costs for physical therapy operations were $57.81 per visit in 2021 as compared to $58.10 per visit in 2020, and 56.9% for 2019.a decrease of 0.5%.  See table below for a detail of salaries and related costs (in thousands):

 For the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Physical Therapy Operations      
Related to Mature Clinics $196,686  $227,859 
Related to New Clinics  5,495   - 
Related to 2020 closed and sold clinics  3,089   9,494 
Related to 2019 closed and sold clinics  -   7,248 
Related to Physical therapy management contracts  5,921   6,337 
Total Physical Therapy Operations $211,191  $250,938 
Related to Industrial injury prevention services  24,437   23,295 
Total Salaries and related costs $235,628  $274,233 
  Year Ended 
  December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020 
Physical therapy operations      
Salaries and related costs related to Mature Clinics $222,431  $195,962 
Salaries and related costs related to 2021 Clinic Additions  7,258   - 
Salaries and related costs related to 2020 Clinic Additions  13,940   5,495 
Salaries and related costs related to clinics sold or closed in 2021  293   805 
Salaries and related costs related to clinics sold or closed in 2020  18   3,009 
Total Physical therapy operations  243,940   205,271 
Physical therapy management contracts  7,316   5,921 
Industrial injury prevention services  27,213   24,437 
Total salaries and related costs $278,469  $235,629 

Operating Costs—Cost—Rent, Supplies, Contract Labor and Other

Rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs decreasedincreased to $94.0 million for 2021 from $84.3 million for 2020, from $90.4 million for 2019, a decreasean increase of $6.0$9.7 million, or 6.7%11.5%. Included in rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs for 2021 and 2020 was $2.8 million related to New Clinics.Clinic Additions was $9.0 million. Rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs for clinics related to partnership interests closed or sold in 2021 and 2020 and 2019 were $2.4$0.2 million and $9.8$2.8 million in 2020, and 2019, respectively, rent,respectively. Rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs related to Mature Clinics were the same for both periods 2020 and 2019.increased $4.4 million. Rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs as a percent of net revenues was 18.8%19.0% for 20192021 and 19.9% for 2020. Rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs for physical therapy operations were $20.63 per visit in 2021 as compared to $22.37 per visit in 2020, a decrease of 7.8%. See table below for a detail of rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs (in thousands):

 For the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Physical Therapy Operations      
Related to Mature Clinics $73,726  $73,766 
Related to New Clinics  2,846   - 
Related to 2020 closed and sold clinics  2,437   4,896 
Related to 2019 closed and sold clinics  41   4,908 
Related to Physical therapy management contracts  734   1,052 
Total Physical Therapy Operations $79,784  $84,622 
Related to Industrial injury prevention services  4,552   5,757 
Total Rent and other costs $84,336  $90,379 
30

  Year Ended 
  December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020 
Physical therapy operations      
Rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs related to Mature Clinics $77,770  $73,348 
Rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs related to 2021 Clinic Additions  3,653   - 
Rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs related to 2020 Clinic Additions  5,436   2,846 
Rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs related to clinics sold or closed in 2021  187   528 
Rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs related to clinics sold or closed in 2020  8   2,328 
Total Physical therapy operations  87,054   79,050 
Physical therapy management contracts  989   734 
Industrial injury prevention services  5,993   4,552 
Total rent, supplies, contract labor and other costs $94,036  $84,336 

Operating Costs—Cost—Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses for net patient receivables was $5.3 million for 2021 and $4.6 million for 2020 and $4.9 million for 2019.2020. As a percentage of net patient revenues, the provision for credit losses was 1.1% for 2020both 2021 and 1.0% for 2019.

Our provision for credit losses as a percentage of total patient accounts receivable was 4.5% at December 31, 2020 and 5.5% at December 31, 2019.2020. The provision for credit losses at the end of each period is based on a detailed, clinic-by-clinic review of overdue accounts and is regularly reviewed in the aggregate in light of historical experience.


Our provision for credit losses as a percentage of total patient accounts receivable was 5.64% at December 31, 2021 and 4.57% at December 31, 2020.
The average accounts receivable days outstanding were 32 days at December 31, 20202021 and 33 days at December 31, 2019.2020. Net patient receivables in the amountamounts of $4.5$4.6 million and $4.8$4.5 million were written-off in 20202021 and 2019,2020, respectively.

Gross Profit

Gross profit, excluding closure costs, a non-GAAP measure, was $117.2 million for 2020 was $98.42021, an increase of $18.8 million, or 19.1% as compared to $112.5$98.4 million in 2019. Grossfor 2020. The gross profit excludingpercentage, less closure costs, was 23.7% of total revenue for 2021, an increase of 40 basis points, as acompared to 23.3% for 2020. The gross profit percentage of net revenue for the Company’s physical therapy clinicsoperations, excluding closure costs, was 23.1% in 202023.8% for 2021, an increase of 70 basis points as compared to 23.6% in 2019.23.1% for 2020. The gross profit percentage on management contracts increased to 20.9% in 2020revenue was 15.7% for 2021 as compared to 14.8% in the 2019.20.9% for 2020. The gross profit percentage for the industrial injury prevention services business was $10.1 million, or 25.7% as a percentage of industrial injury prevention revenues, in 202024.4% for 2021 as compared to $8.4 million, or 22.4% as a percentage of industrial injury prevention revenues, in the comparable 2019 period. The25.7% for 2020. See table below for details theon gross profit, excluding closure costs (a non-GAAP measure) (in thousands) and a reconciliation against Gross Profit (in thousands):

 For the Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Gross profit, excluding closure costs:      
Physical therapy clinics $86,540  $102,833 
Management contracts  1,755   1,287 
Industrial injury prevention services  10,086   8,379 
Gross profit, excluding closure costs $98,381  $112,499 
  Year Ended 
  December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020 
       
Physical therapy operations $104,971  $86,540 
Management contracts  1,547   1,755 
Industrial injury prevention services  10,694   10,086 
Physical therapy operations - closure costs  (30)  (3,931)
Gross profit $117,182  $94,450 
Physical therapy operations - closure costs  30   3,931 
Gross profit, excluding closure costs (a non-GAAP measure) $117,212  $98,381 

Corporate Office Costs

Corporate office costs consisting primarily of salaries, benefits and equity based compensation of corporate office personnel and directors, rent, insurance costs, depreciation and amortization, travel, legal, compliance, professional, marketing and recruiting fees, were $46.5 million for 2021 compared to $42.0 million for 2020 and $45.0 million for 2019.2020. Corporate office costs were 9.4% of total revenue for 2021 as a percentage of net revenues werecompared to 9.9% for 2020. For 2020, corporate offices costs included temporary salary reductions and 9.3%furloughs related to the pandemic. Also, in 2019.both 2021 and 2020, corporate office costs included $1.3 million in equity compensation expense related to the accelerated vesting of restricted stock previously granted to two executive officers upon their retirement in July 2021 and November 2020. Excluding the equity compensation related to the accelerated vesting of restricted stock, corporate office costs was 9.1% of total revenue for 2021 and 9.6% for 2020.

Operating Income

Operating income for 20202021 was $52.4$70.6 million, an increase of $18.2 million, or 34.8%, as compared to $67.4$52.4 million for 2019.2020. Operating income as a percentage of nettotal revenue decreasedincreased 190 basis points from 14.0%12.4% for 2020 to 14.3% for 2021.

Other Income—Relief Funds

Relief Funds recognized in 2019other income were $4.6 million for 2021 and $13.5 million for 2020.  See discussion related to 12.4% in 2020.Relief Funds for more information.

Other Income - Gain on Sale of Partnership Interest

Included in other income was the gain of $1.1 million in 2020 resulting from the sale of 14 previously closed clinics and, in 2019, a gain of $5.5 million resulting from the saleResolution of a partnership interest with 30 clinics.Payor Matter and Other Expense – Settlement of a Legal Matter

Other Income - Relief Funds

Included in other income in 2020 was $13.5for the 2021 Year includes $1.2 million of Relief Funds.  See discussionincome related to the positive resolution of Relief Funds on page 26.a payor matter and other expense includes a $2.6 million increase in a reserve related to a settlement of a legal matter.  In January 2022, the Company paid $2.75 million related to this matter.

Interest Expense – Expense—Debt and Other

Interest expense – expense—debt and other was $0.9 million for 2021 and $1.6 million for 2020 and $2.1 million for 2019.2020. At December 31, 2020, $16.02021, $114.0 million was outstanding under our Amended Credit Agreement (as defined below under “—Liquidity and Capital Resources”). See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” below for a discussion of the terms of our Amended Credit Agreement.

Provision for Income Taxes


The provision for income tax was $15.3 million for 2021 and $13.0 million for 2020 and $13.6 million for 2019.2020. The provision for income tax as a percentage of income before taxes less net income attributable to non-controlling interest (effective tax rate) was 27.2% for 2021 and 27.0% for 2020 and 25.4% for 2019.2020. See table below ($ in thousands):


36
  Year Ended 
  December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020 
       
Income before taxes $73,196  $65,513 
         
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interest:        
Redeemable non-controlling interest - temporary equity  (11,358)  (11,175)
Non-controlling interest - permanent equity  (5,735)  (6,122)
  $(17,093) $(17,297)
         
Income before taxes less net income attributable to non-controlling interest $56,103  $48,216 
         
Provision for income taxes $15,272  $13,022 
         
Effective tax rate  27.2%  27.0%


 Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Income before taxes $65,513  $70,906 
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interests:        
Non-controlling interests - permanent equity  (6,122)  (6,561)
Redeemable non-controlling interests - temporary equity  (11,175)  (10,659)
  $(17,297) $(17,220)
Income before taxes less net income attributable to non-controlling interests $48,216  $53,686 
Provision for income taxes $13,022  $13,647 
Effective tax rate  27.0%  25.4%

Net Income Attributable to Non-controlling InterestsInterest

Net income attributable to redeemable non-controlling interests (permanentinterest (temporary equity) was $6.1$11.4 million in 2020for 2021 and $6.6$11.2 million in 2019.for 2020.  Net income attributable to redeemable non-controlling interests (temporaryinterest (permanent equity) was $11.2$5.7 million in 2020for 2021 and $10.6$6.1 million in 2019.for 2020.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We believe that our business is generating sufficient cash flow from operating activities to allow us to meet our short-term and long-term cash requirements, other than those with respect to future significant acquisitions. At December 31, 2020,2021, we had $32.9$28.5 million in cash and cash equivalents compared to $23.5$32.9 million at December 31, 2019.2020. Although the start-up costs associated with opening new clinics and our planned capital expenditures are significant, we believe that our cash and cash equivalents and the availability under our Amended Credit Agreement are sufficient to fund the working capital needs of our operating subsidiaries, future clinic development and acquisitions and investments through at least December 2021.2022. Significant acquisitions would likely require financing under our Amended Credit Agreement.

Effective December 5, 2013, we entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with a commitment for a $125.0 million revolving credit facility. This agreement was amended in August 2015, January 2016, March 2017, November 2017, January 2021, and November 20172021 (hereafter is referred to as “Amended Credit Agreement”).  In November 2021, we exercised the accordion feature in the Amended Credit Agreement to increase to limit on our facility from $125.0 million to $150.0 million, with an updated accordion feature providing for an additional capacity of $25.0 million, therefore increasing the availability up to $175.0 million.

The 2021 amendment to the Amended Credit Agreement allows for cash and noncash consideration for acquisitions permitted under the Amended Credit Agreement of up to $50,000,000 for any fiscal year, and allows for payments in cash dividends to  shareholders in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000,000 in any fiscal year. The Amended Credit Agreement is unsecured and includes certain financial covenants which include a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio and a consolidated leverage ratio, as defined in the agreement. The Amended Credit Agreement is unsecured and has loan covenants, including requirements that we comply with a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio and consolidated leverage ratio. Proceeds from the Amended Credit Agreement may be used for working capital, acquisitions, purchases of our common stock, dividend payments to our common stockholders, capital expenditures and other corporate purposes. The pricing grid is based on our consolidated leverage ratio with the applicable spread over LIBOR ranging from 1.25% to 2.0% or the applicable spread over the Base Rate ranging from 0.1% to 1%. Fees under the Amended Credit Agreement include an unused commitment fee ranging from 0.25% to 0.3% depending on our consolidated leverage ratio and the amount of funds outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement.

The January 2016 amendment to the Amended Credit Agreement increased the cash and noncash consideration that we could pay with respect to acquisitions permitted under the Amended Credit Agreement to $50,000,000 for any fiscal year, and increased the amount we may pay in cash dividends to our shareholders in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 in any fiscal year. The March 2017 amendment, among other items, increased the amount we may pay in cash dividends to our shareholders in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000 in any fiscal year. The November 2017 amendment, among other items, adjusted the pricing grid as described above, increased the aggregate amount we may pay in cash dividends to $20,000,000 to our shareholders and extended the maturity date to November 30, 2021.

On December 31, 2020, $16.02021, $114.0 million was outstanding on the Amended Credit Agreement resulting in $109.0$61.0 million of availability. As of the date of this report, we were in compliance with all of the covenants thereunder.

Cash provided by operations was $99.9$76.4 million and net proceeds from our Amended Credit Agreement amounted to $30.0$98.0 million. The major uses of cash for investing and financing activities included: purchase of interests in businesses ($23.986.8 million), purchases of redeemable non-controlling interest, temporary equity ($20.428.5 million), purchases of fixed assets ($7.68.2 million), proceeds on sale of partnership interest ($0.80.3 million), distributions to non-controlling interests ($18.316.9 million), payments of cash dividends to our shareholders ($4.118.8 million), and payments on notes payable ($1.04.9 million).

On December 31, 2021, we acquired a 75% interest in a three-clinic physical therapy practice with the practice founder retaining 25%. The purchase price for the 75% interest was approximately $3.7 million, of which $3.5 million was paid in cash and $0.2 million in the form of a note payable.  The note accrues interest at 3.25% per annum and the principal and interest is payable on December 31, 2023.

On November 30, 2021, we acquired an approximate 70% interest in a leading provider of industrial injury prevention services. The previous owners retained the remaining interest. The initial purchase price for the 70% equity interest, not inclusive of the $2.0 million contingent payment in conjunction with the acquisition if specified future operational objectives are met, was approximately $63.2 million, of which $62.2 million was paid in cash, and $1.0 million is in the form of a note payable. The note accrues interest at 3.25% and the principal and interest is payable on November 30, 2023. The business generates approximately $27.0 million in annual revenue at a margin of approximately 20%. As part of the transaction, we also agreed to the potential future purchase of a separate company under the same ownership that provides physical therapy and rehabilitation services to hospitals and other ancillary providers in a distinct market area.  The current owners have the right to put this transaction to us in approximately five years, with such right having a $3.5 million fair value at December 31, 2021, as reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet in Other long-term liabilities.  The value of this right will be adjusted in future periods, as appropriate, with any change in fair value reflected in the Company’s consolidated statement of income.

On September 30, 2021, we acquired a company that specializes in return-to-work and ergonomic services, among other offerings. The business generates more than $2.0 million in annual revenue. We acquired the company’s assets at a purchase price of approximately $3.3 million (which includes the obligation to pay an amount up to $0.6 million in contingent payment consideration in conjunction with the acquisition if specified future operational objectives are met) and contributed those assets to our industrial injury prevention services subsidiary. The initial purchase price, not inclusive of the $0.6 million contingent payment, was approximately $2.7 million, of which $2.4 million was paid in cash, and $0.3 million is in the form of a note payable. The note accrues interest at 3.25% per annum and the principal and interest is payable on September 30, 2023.

On June 30, 2021, we acquired a 65% interest in an eight-clinic physical therapy practice with the previous owners retaining 35%. The purchase price was approximately $10.3 million, of which $9.0 million was paid in cash, $1.0 million is payable based on the achievement of certain business criteria and $0.3 million is in the form of a note payable. The note accrues interest at 3.25% per annum and the principal and interest is payable on June 30, 2023. Additionally, we have an obligation to pay an additional amount up to $0.8 million in contingent payment consideration in conjunction with the acquisition if specified future operational objectives are met. We recorded acquisition-date fair value of this contingent liability based on the likelihood of the contingent earn-out payment. The earn-out payment will subsequently be remeasured to fair value each reporting date.

On March 31, 2021, we acquired a 70% interest in a five-clinic physical therapy practice with the previous owners retaining 30%.  When acquired, the practice was developing a sixth clinic which has been completed. The purchase price for the 70% interest was approximately $12.0 million, of which $11.7 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million in the form of a note payable.  The note accrues interest at 3.25% per annum and the principal and interest is payable on March 31, 2023.

On November 30, 2020, we acquired a 75% interest in a three-clinic physical therapy practice.practice with the previous owners retaining 25%. The purchase price for the 75% interest was $8.9 million (net of cash acquired), of which $8.6 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million in the form of a seller note payable that is payable in two principal installments totaling $162,500 each. The first principal payment plus accrued interest will bewas paid onin November 2021 with the second installment to be paid in November 2022. The note accrues interest at 3.25% per annum.

On September 30, 2020, we acquired a 70% interest in an entity which holds six management contracts that have been in place for a number of years and had five years remaining on their term as of the acquisition date. The previous owners retained the remaining 30%. The purchase price for the 70% interest was approximately $4.2 million, with $3.7 million payable in cash and $0.5 million in notes payable. One of the notes payable of $0.2 million is payable, with any accrued interest at 5% per annum, onwas paid in September 30, 2021. The remaining2021 and the note of $0.3 million was paid in November 2020.

On February 27, 2020, we acquired interests in a four-clinic physical therapy practice. The four clinics are operated in four separate partnerships. The Company’s interests in the four partnerships range from 10.0% to 83.8%, with an overall 65.0% based on the initial purchase transaction. The aggregate purchase price was $11.9 million, of which $11.6 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million in the form of a seller note. The note accrues interest at 4.75% per annum and the principal and interest is payablewas paid in February 2022.

On September 30, 2019, we acquired a 67% interest in an eleven-clinic physical therapy practice.practice with the previous owners retaining 33%. The purchase price for the 67% interest was $12.4 million, of which $12.1 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million in the form of a seller note that is payable in two principal installments totaling $150,000 each. The first principal payment plus accrued interest was paid in September 2020 withand the second installment to bewas paid in September 2021. The note accrues interest at 5.0% per annum.

On April 11, 2019, we acquired a company that is a provider of industrial injury prevention services. The acquired company specializes in delivering injury prevention and care, post offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations and return-to-work services. It performs these services across a network of 45 states including onsite at eleven client locations. The business was then combined with Briotix Health, the Company’s industrial injury prevention services operation, increasing the Company’s ownership position in the Briotix Health partnership to approximately 76.0%. The purchase price for the acquired company was $22.9 million ($23.6 million less cash acquired of $0.7 million), which consisted of $18.9 million in cash, (of which $0.5 million will be paid to certain shareholders), and a $4.0 million seller note. The note accrues interest at 5.5% and the principal and accrued interest is payable on April 9, 2021.

On March 4, 2019, in conjunction with the purchase of a redeemable non-controlling interest, we entered into a note payable in the amount of $228,120 that was payable in two equal installments of $114,080 each, plus accrued interest. The first installment was paid in March 2020 and the second installment remains payable in MarchApril 2021.

On August 31, 2018 we acquired a 70% interest in a four-clinic physical therapy practice. The purchase price for the 70% interest was $7.3 million in cash and $400,000 in a seller note that is payable in two principal installments totaling $200,000 each, plus accrued interest. The first installment was paid in August 2019 and the second installment was paid in August 2020.

On February 28, 2018, through one of our majority owned partnerships, we acquired the assets and business of two physical therapy clinics, for an aggregate purchase price of $760,000 in cash and $150,000 in a seller note which was paid along with accrued interest on August 31, 2019.

In addition to the multi-clinic acquisitions above in 2020, we acquired five separate clinic practices through several of our majority-owned Clinic Partnerships. These practices will operate as satellites of the respective existing clinic partnership.

Historically, we have generated sufficient cash from operations to fund our development activities and to cover operational needs. We plan to continue developing new clinics and making additional acquisitions. We have from time to time purchased the non-controlling interests of limited partners in our Clinic Partnerships. We may purchase additional non-controlling interests in the future. Generally, any acquisition or purchase of non-controlling interests is expected to be accomplished using a combination of cash and financing. Any large acquisition would likely require financing.

We make reasonable and appropriate efforts to collect accounts receivable, including applicable deductible and co-payment amounts. Claims are submitted to payors daily, weekly or monthly in accordance with our policy or payor’s requirements. When possible, we submit our claims electronically. The collection process is time consuming and typically involves the submission of claims to multiple payors whose payment of claims may be dependent upon the payment of another payor. Claims under litigation and vehicular incidents can take a year or longer to collect. Medicare and other payor claims relating to new clinics awaiting CMS approval initially may not be submitted for six months or more. When all reasonable internal collection efforts have been exhausted, accounts are written off prior to sending them to outside collection firms. With managed care, commercial health plans and self-pay payor type receivables, the write-off generally occurs after the account receivable has been outstanding for 120 days or longer.

We have future obligations for debt repayments, employment agreements and future minimum rentals under operating leases. The obligations as of December 31, 20202021 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 Total  2021  2022  2023  2024  2025  Thereafter  Total 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 Thereafter 
Credit Agreement $16,000  $16,000  $-  $-  $-  $-  $-  $114,000 $- $- $- $114,000 $- $- 
Notes Payable  5,495   4,899   596   -   -   -   -  4,417 830 3,587 - - - - 
Interest Payable  114   107   7   -   -   -   -  292 74 218 - - - - 
Employee Agreements  47,884   39,402   7,145   1,332   5   -   -  61,278 52,837 8,321 120 - - - 
Operating Leases  119,834   37,427   29,655   22,233   14,379   7,909   8,231   136,992  41,270  33,637  25,527  17,111  10,575  8,872 
 $189,327  $97,835  $37,403  $23,565  $14,384  $7,909  $8,231  $316,979 $95,011 $45,763 $25,647 $131,111 $10,575 $8,872 

We generally enter into various notes payable as a means of financing our acquisitions. Our present outstanding notes payable primarily relate to the acquisitions of a business or acquisitions of majority interests in businesses. At December 31, 2020,2021, our remaining outstanding balance on these notes aggregated $5.5$4.4 million.
The notes payable for the acquisition of businesses of $5.5$4.4 million are payable in 20212022 and 2022.2023. Notes are generally payable in equal annual installments of principal over two years plus any accrued and unpaid interest. See above table for a detail of future principal payments. Interest accrues at various interest rates ranging from 3.25% to 5.50%4.75% per annum, subject to adjustment.annum.

In conjunction with acquisitions, we entered into amendments to our limited partnership agreements for our acquired partnerships.
34

The limited partnership agreements, as amended, provide that, upon the triggering events, we have a Call Right and the selling entity or individual has a Put Right for the purchase and sale of the limited partnership interest held by the partner. Once triggered, the Put Right and the Call Right do not expire, even upon an individual partner’s death, and contain no mandatory redemption feature. The purchase price of the partner’s limited partnership interest upon the exercise of either the Put Right or the Call Right is calculated per the terms of the respective agreements and classified as redeemable non-controlling interest (temporary equity) in our consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of the redeemable non-controlling interest at December 31, 20202021 was $132.3$154.4 million.

As of December 31, 2020,2021, we have accrued $5.7$6.6 million related to credit balances and overpayments due to patients and payors. This amount is expected to be paid in 2021.2022.

From September 2001 through December 31, 2008, our Board of Directors (“Board”) authorized us to purchase, in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, up to 2,250,000 shares of our common stock. In March 2009, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to 10% or approximately 1,200,000 shares of our common stock (“March 2009 Authorization”). Our Amended Credit Agreement permits share repurchases of up to $15,000,000 in the aggregate, subject to compliance with covenants. We are required to retire shares purchased under the March 2009 Authorization.

There is no expiration date for the share repurchase program. As of December 31, 2020,2021, there are currently an additional estimated 124,740156,986 shares (based on the closing price of $120.25$95.55 on December 31, 2020)2021) that may be purchased from time to time in the open market or private transactions depending on price, availability and our cash position. We did not purchase any shares of our common stock during the yearyears ended December 31, 20202021 and 2019.2020.

Off Balance Sheet ArrangementsWe have an investment in a joint venture that is accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

We have no off-balance sheet debt or other off-balance sheet financing arrangements.
35

FACTORS AFFECTING FUTURE RESULTS

The risks related to our business and operations include:

the multiple effects of the impact of public health crises and epidemics/pandemics, such as the novel strain of COVID-19 (coronavirus)and its variants, for which the total financial magnitude cannot be currently estimated;
changes as the result of government enacted national healthcare reform;

changes in Medicare rules and guidelines and reimbursement or failure of our clinics to maintain their Medicare certification and/or enrollment status, including the Medicare reimbursement reductionsstatus;
revenue we receive from Medicare and Medicaid being subject to potential retroactive reduction;
businesschanges in reimbursement rates or payment methods from third party payors including government agencies, and regulatory conditions including federalchanges in the deductibles and state regulations;
governmental and other third-party payor inspections, reviews, investigations and audits, which may result in sanctions or reputational harm and increased costs;co-pays owed by patients;
compliance with federal and state laws and regulations relating to the privacy of individually identifiable patient information, and associated fines and penalties for failure to comply;
competitive, economic or reimbursement conditions in our markets which may require us to reorganize or close certain clinics and thereby incur losses and/or closure costs including the possible write-down or write-off of goodwill and other intangible assets;
the impact of COVID-19 related vaccination and/or testing mandates at the federal, state and/or local level, which could have an adverse impact on staffing, revenue, costs and the results of operations:
changes in reimbursement rates or payment methods fromas the result of government enacted national healthcare reform;
business and regulatory conditions including federal and state regulations;
governmental and other third party payors including government agencies,payor inspections, reviews, investigations and changesaudits, which may result in the deductiblessanctions or reputational harm and co-pays owed by patients;increased costs;
revenue and earnings expectations;
legal actions, which could subject us to increased operating costs and uninsured liabilities;
general economic conditions;
availability and cost of qualified physical therapists;
personnel productivity and retaining key personnel;
competitive economic or reimbursement conditions in our markets which may require us to reorganize or close certain clinics and thereby incur losses and/or closure costs including the possible write-down or write-off of goodwill and other intangible assets;
competitive environment in the industrial injury prevention services business, which could result in the termination or non-renewal of contractual service arrangements and other adverse financial consequences for that service line;
acquisitions, purchase of non-controlling interests (minority interests) and the successful integration of the operations of the acquired businesses;businesses;
impact on the business and cash reserves resulting from retirement or resignation of key partners and resulting purchase of their non-controlling interest (minority interests);
maintaining our information technology systems with adequate safeguards to protect against cyber-attacks;
a security breach of our or our third party vendors’ information technology systems may subject us to potential legal action and reputational harm and may result in a violation of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 of the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act;
maintaining clients for which we perform management and other services, as a breach or termination of those contractual arrangements by such clients could cause operating results to be less than expected;
maintaining adequate internal controls;controls;
maintaining necessary insurance coverage;
availability, terms, and use of capital; and
weather and other seasonal factors.

See also Risk Factors in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

We do not maintain any derivative instruments such as interest rate swap arrangements, hedging contracts, futures contracts or the like. Our only indebtedness as of December 31, 20202021 was the outstanding balance of seller notes from our acquisitions of $5.5$4.4 million and an outstanding balance on our Amended Credit Agreement of $16.0$114.0 million. The outstanding balance under our Amended Credit Agreement is subject to fluctuating interest rates. A 1% change in the interest rate would yield an additional $160,000$1.1 million of interest expense. See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8.


ITEM 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
ITEM 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

41
37

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders
U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc.

Opinion on the financial statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. (a Nevada corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, the related consolidated statements of income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020,2021, and the related notes and financial statement schedule included under Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020,2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,2021, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated March 1, 20212022 expressed an unqualified opinion.

Basis for opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supportingregarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical audit matter

matters
The critical audit mattermatters communicated below is a matterare matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that waswere communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relatesrelate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit mattermatters below, providing a separate opinionopinions on the critical audit mattermatters or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.they relate.

Measurement of Patient Revenue Net of Contractual Adjustments

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, revenues are recognized in the period in which services are rendered. Net patient revenues (patient revenues less estimated contractual adjustments) are recognized at the estimated net realizable amounts from third-party payors, patients and others in exchange for services rendered when obligations under the terms of the contract are satisfied. The Company has agreements with third-party payors that provides for payments at amounts different from its established rates. Each month the Company estimates its contractual adjustment for each clinic based on the terms of third-party payor contracts and the historical collection and write-off experience of the clinic and applies a contractual adjustment reserve percentage to the gross accounts receivable balances. The Company then performs a comparison of cash collections to corresponding net revenues for the prior twelve months. We identified the measurement of contractual adjustments as a critical audit matter.

The principal consideration for our determination that the measurement of contractual adjustments is a critical audit matter is that the estimate requires a high degree of auditor subjectivity in evaluating management’s assumptions related to developing future collection patterns across the various clinic locations.

Our audit procedures related to the Company’s measurement of contractual adjustments included the following, among others.

We tested the design and operating effectiveness of controls relating to billing and cash collection, net rate trend analysis by clinic and cash collection versus net revenue trend analysis.

For a sample of patient visits, we inspected and compared underlying documents for each transaction, which included gross billing rates and cash collected (net revenue).

For a sample of patient visits, we traced gross billings and net revenue to net revenue recorded in the general ledger and to each report used in determining and assessing the contractual adjustment calculation.

We compared cash collections to recorded net revenue over a twelve month period ending December 31, 20202021 and again for the twelve month period ending in the first month subsequent to period end, to identify whether there were unusual trends that would indicate that the usage of historical collection patterns would no longer be reasonable to predict future collection patterns.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2004.

Houston, Texas
March 1, 20212022

43

38

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders

U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc.

Opinion on internal control over financial reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. (a Nevada corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020,2021, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,2021, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020,2021, and our report dated March 1, 20212022 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Our audit of, and opinion on, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting does not include the internal control over financial reporting of the acquisition made in November 2021 (“Acquired Entity”), whose financial statements reflect total assets and revenues constituting 13.3% and 0.4%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021.  As indicated in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, the Acquired Entity was acquired on November 30, 2021.  Management’s assertion of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting excluded internal control over financial reporting of the Acquired Entity.

Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Houston, Texas
March 1, 2022

Houston, Texas
March 1, 2021

44
39


U.S. PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share data)

 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020 
ASSETS        (audited)   (audited) 
Current assets:            
Cash and cash equivalents $32,918  $23,548  $28,567  $32,918 
Patient accounts receivable, less allowance for credit losses of $2,008 and $2,698, respectively  41,906   46,228 
Patient accounts receivable, less allowance for credit losses of $2,768 and $2,008, respectively
  46,272   41,906 
Accounts receivable - other  9,039   9,823   16,144   9,039 
Other current assets  3,773   5,787   4,183   3,773 
Total current assets  87,636   85,386   95,166   87,636 
Fixed assets:                
Furniture and equipment  55,426   54,942   58,743   55,426 
Leasehold improvements  35,320   33,247   39,194   35,320 
Fixed assets, gross  90,746   88,189   97,937   90,746 
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization  69,081   66,099   74,958   69,081 
Fixed assets, net  21,665   22,090   22,979   21,665 
Operating lease right-of-use assets  81,595   81,586   96,427   81,595 
Investment in unconsolidated affiliate
  12,215   0 
Goodwill  345,646   317,676   434,679   345,646 
Other identifiable intangible assets, net  56,280   52,588   86,382   56,280 
Other assets  1,539   1,519   1,578   1,539 
Total assets $594,361  $560,845  $749,426  $594,361 
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS, USPH
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS
        
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST, USPH
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST
        
Current liabilities:                
Accounts payable - trade $1,335  $2,494  $3,268  $1,335 
Accounts payable - due to seller of acquired business
  3,203   0 
Accrued expenses  59,746   30,855   45,705   59,746 
Current portion of operating lease liabilities  27,512   26,486   30,475   27,512 
Current portion of notes payable  4,899   728   830   4,899 
Total current liabilities  93,492   60,563   83,481   93,492 
Notes payable, net of current portion  596   4,361   3,587   596 
Revolving line of credit  16,000   46,000   114,000   16,000 
Deferred taxes  7,779   10,071   14,385   7,779 
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion  61,985   60,258   74,185   61,985 
Other long-term liabilities  4,539   141   7,345   4,539 
Total liabilities  184,391   181,394   296,983   184,391 
                
Redeemable non-controlling interests - temporary equity  132,340   137,750 
Redeemable non-controlling interest - temporary equity  155,262   132,340 
                
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 17)  0   0 
Commitments and Contingencies  0   0 
                
U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. (“USPH”) shareholders’ equity:                
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 500,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding  0   0 
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 15,066,282 and 14,989,337 shares issued, respectively  151   150 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 500,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding
  0   0 
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 15,126,160 and 15,066,282 shares issued, respectively
  151   151 
Additional paid-in capital  95,622   87,383   102,688   95,622 
Retained earnings  212,015   184,352   224,395   212,015 
Treasury stock at cost, 2,214,737 shares  (31,628)  (31,628)  (31,628)  (31,628)
Total USPH shareholders’ equity  276,160   240,257   295,606   276,160 
Non-controlling interests - permanent equity  1,470   1,444 
Total USPH shareholders' equity and non-controlling interests  277,630   241,701 
Total liabilities, redeemable non-controlling interests, USPH shareholders' equity and non-controlling interests $594,361  $560,845 
Non-controlling interest - permanent equity  1,575   1,470 
Total USPH shareholders' equity and non-controlling interest - permanent equity  297,181   277,630 
Total liabilities, redeemable non-controlling interest, USPH shareholders' equity and non-controlling interest - permanent equity $749,426  $594,361 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

45
40

U.S. PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except per share data)

 Year Ended  Year Ended 
 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018  December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
                  
Net patient revenues $373,340  $433,345  $417,703 
Other revenues  49,629   48,624   36,208 
Net revenues  422,969   481,969   453,911 
Operating costs:            
Net patient revenue $438,330  $373,340  $433,345 
Other revenue  56,692   49,629   48,624 
Net revenue  495,022   422,969   481,969 
Operating cost:            
Salaries and related costs  235,629   274,233   259,228   278,469   235,629   274,233 
Rent, supplies, contract labor and other  84,336   90,379   88,426   94,036   84,336   90,379 
Provision for credit losses  4,623   4,858   4,603   5,305   4,623   4,858 
Closure costs - lease and other  2,072   25   (9)  30   2,072   25 
Closure costs - derecognition of goodwill  1,859   0   0   0   1,859   0 
Total operating costs  328,519   369,495   352,248 
Total operating cost  377,840   328,519   369,495 
                        
Gross profit  94,450   112,474   101,663   117,182   94,450   112,474 
                        
Corporate office costs  42,037   45,049   41,349   46,533   42,037   45,049 
Operating income  52,413   67,425   60,314   70,649   52,413   67,425 
                        
Other income and expense:            
Other income and expense            
Relief Funds  13,501   0   0   4,597   13,501   0 
Gain on sale of partnership interest and clinics  1,091   5,514   0   0   1,091   5,514 
Gain on derecognition of debt  0   0   1,846 
Settlement of a legal matter
  (2,635)  0   0 
Resolution of a payor matter
  1,216   0   0 
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliate  112   0   0 
Interest and other income, net  142   46   93   199   142   46 
Interest expense - debt and other  (1,634)  (2,079)  (2,042)  (942)  (1,634)  (2,079)
Total other income and expense  13,100   3,481   (103)  2,547   13,100   3,481 
Income before taxes  65,513   70,906   60,211 
Income and equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates before taxes  73,196   65,513   70,906 
Provision for income taxes  13,022   13,647   11,369   15,272   13,022   13,647 
                        
Net income  52,491   57,259   48,842   57,924   52,491   57,259 
                        
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interests:            
Non-controlling interests - permanent equity  (6,122)  (6,561)  (5,536)
Redeemable non-controlling interests - temporary equity  (11,175)  (10,659)  (8,433)
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interest:            
Redeemable non-controlling interest - temporary equity  (11,358)  (11,175)  (10,659)
Non-controlling interest - permanent equity  (5,735)  (6,122)  (6,561)
  (17,297)  (17,220)  (13,969)  (17,093)  (17,297)  (17,220)
                        
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders $35,194  $40,039  $34,873  $40,831  $35,194  $40,039 
                        
Basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to USPH shareholders $2.48  $2.45  $1.31  $2.41  $2.48  $2.45 
                        
Shares used in computation - basic and diluted  12,835   12,756   12,666   12,898   12,835   12,756 
                        
Dividends declared per common share $0.32  $1.14  $0.92  $1.46  $0.32  $1.14 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

46
41

U.S. PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(In thousands)

 U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc.        U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc.     
 Common Stock  
Additional
Paid-In Capital
  
Retained
Earnings
  Treasury Stock  
Total Shareholders’
Equity
  
Non-Controlling
Interests
  Total  Common Stock  
Additional
Paid-In Capital
  
Retained
Earnings
  Treasury Stock  
Total Shareholders’
Equity
 
Non-Controlling
Interests
  Total
 
 Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount 
Balance January 1, 2018  14,809  $148  $73,940  $162,406   (2,215) $(31,628) $204,866  $1,204  $206,070 
Balance January 1, 2019
  14,899  $149  $80,028  $167,396   (2,215) $(31,628) $215,945  $930  $216,875 
                                                                        
Issuance of restricted stock, net of cancellations  90   1   0   0   0   0   1   0   1   90   1   0   0   0   0   1   0   1 
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest, net of tax  0   0   0   (18,268)  0   0   (18,268)  0   (18,268)  0   0   0   (8,771)  0   0   (8,771)  0   (8,771)
Compensation expense - equity-based awards  -   0   5,939   0   -   0   5,939   0   5,939   -   0   6,985   0   -   0   6,985   0   6,985 
Transfer of compensation liability for certain stock issued pursuant to long-term incentive plans  -   0   373   0   -   0   373   0   373   -   0   636   0   -   0   636   0   636 
Purchase of partnership interests - non-controlling interest
  -   0   (266)  0   -   0   (266)  (26)  (292)
Sale of non-controlling interest, net of purchases and tax  -   0   (224)  0   -   0   (224)  (48)  (272)  -   0   0   196   -   0   196   0   196 
Dividends paid to USPT shareholders  -   0   0   (11,664)  -   0   (11,664)  0   (11,664)  -   0   0   (14,555)  -   0   (14,555)  0   (14,555)
Distributions to non-controlling interest partners - permanent equity  -   0   0   0   -   0   0   (5,812)  (5,812)  -   0   0   0   -   0   0   (6,014)  (6,014)
Other  -   0   0   49   -   0   49   50   99   -   0   0   47   -   0   47   (7)  40 
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest - permanent equity  -   0   0   0   -   0   0   5,536   5,536   -   0   0   0   -   0   0   6,561   6,561 
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders  -   0   0   34,873   -   0   34,873   0   34,873   -   0   0   40,039   -   0   40,039   0   40,039 
Balance December 31, 2018  14,899  $149  $80,028  $167,396   (2,215) $(31,628) $215,945  $930  $216,875 
Balance December 31, 2019
  14,989  $150  $87,383  $184,352   (2,215) $(31,628) $240,257  $1,444  $241,701 

 U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc.        U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc.       
 Common Stock  
Additional
Paid-In Capital
  
Retained
Earnings
  Treasury Stock  
Total Shareholders’
Equity
  
Non-Controlling
Interests
  Total  Common Stock  
Additional
Paid-In Capital
  
Retained
Earnings
  Treasury Stock  
Total Shareholders’
Equity
  
Non-Controlling
Interests
  Total
 
 Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount 
                                                      
Issuance of restricted stock, net of cancellations  90   1   0   0   0   0   1   0   1   77  $
1  $
0  $
0   0  $
0  $
1  $
0  $
1 
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest, net of tax  0   0   0   (8,771)  0   0   (8,771)  0   (8,771)  0   0   0   (3,415)  0   0   (3,415)  0   (3,415)
Compensation expense - equity-based awards  -   0   6,985   0   -   0   6,985   0   6,985   -   0   7,917   0   -   0   7,917   0   7,917 
Transfer of compensation liability for certain stock issued pursuant to long-term incentive plans  -   0   636   0   -   0   636   0   636   -   0   486   0   -   0   486   0   486 
Purchase of partnership interests - redeemable non-controlling interests  -   0   (266)  0   -   0   (266)  (26)  (292)
Purchase of partnership interests - non-controlling interest  -   0   0   0   -   0   0   (168)  (168)
Sale of non-controlling interest, net of purchases and tax  -   0   0   196   -   0   196   0   196   -   0   (164)  0   -   0   (164)  0   (164)
Dividends paid to USPT shareholders  -   0   0   (14,555)  -   0   (14,555)  0   (14,555)  -   0   0   (4,110)  -   0   (4,110)  0   (4,110)
Distributions to non-controlling interest partners - permanent equity  -   0   0   0   -   0   0   (6,014)  (6,014)  -   0   0   0   -   0   0   (5,928)  (5,928)
Other  -   0   0   47   -   0   47   (7)  40   -   0   0   (6)  -   0   (6)  0   (6)
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest - permanent equity  -   0   0   0   -   0   0   6,561   6,561   -   0   0   0   -   0   0   6,122   6,122 
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders  -   0   0   40,039   -   0   40,039   0   40,039   -   0   0   35,194   -   0   35,194   0   35,194 
Balance December 31, 2019  14,989   150   87,383   184,352   (2,215)  (31,628)  240,257   1,444   241,701 
Balance December 31, 2020  15,066  $
151  $
95,622  $
212,015   (2,215) $
(31,628) $
276,160  $
1,470  $
277,630 

 U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc.        U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc.       
 Common Stock  
Additional
Paid-In Capital
  
Retained
Earnings
  Treasury Stock  
Total Shareholders’
Equity
  
Non-Controlling
Interests
  Total  Common Stock  
Additional
Paid-In Capital
  
Retained
Earnings
  Treasury Stock  
Total Shareholders’
Equity
  
Non-Controlling
Interests
  Total
 
 Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount 
Issuance of restricted stock, net of cancellations  76   1   0   0   0   0   1   0   1   60  $
0  $
0  $
0   0  $
0  $
0  $
0  $
0 
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest, net of tax  0   0   0   (3,415)  0   0   (3,415)  0   (3,415)  0   0   0   (9,686)  0   0   (9,686)  0   (9,686)
Compensation expense - equity-based awards  -   0   7,917   0   -   0   7,917   0   7,917   -   0   7,867   0   -   0   7,867   0   7,867 
Transfer of compensation liability for certain stock issued pursuant to long-term incentive plans  -   0   486   0   -   0   486   0   486 
Purchase of partnership interests - redeemable non-controlling interests  -   0   0   0   -   0   0   (168)  (168)
Purchase of partnership interests - non-controlling interest  -   0   (918)  0   -   0   (918)  (60)  (978)
Sale of non-controlling interest, net of purchases and tax  -   0   (164)  0   -   0   (164)  0   (164)  -   0   96   0   -   0   96   2   98 
Dividends paid to USPT shareholders  -   0   0   (4,110)  -   0   (4,110)  0   (4,110)  -   0   0   (18,765)  -   0   (18,765)  0   (18,765)
Distributions to non-controlling interest partners - permanent equity  -   0   0   0   -   0   0   (5,928)  (5,928)  -   0   0   0   -   0   0   (5,572)  (5,572)
Short swing profit settlement
  -   0   20   0   -   0   20   0   20 
Other  -   0   0   (6)  -   0   (6)  0   (6)  -   0   1   0   -   0   1   0   1 
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest - permanent equity  -   0   0   0   -   0   0   6,122   6,122   -   0   0   0   -   0   0   5,735   5,735 
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders  -   0   0   35,194   -   0   35,194   0   35,194   -   0   0   40,831   -   0   40,831   0   40,831 
Balance December 31, 2020  15,065   151   95,622   212,015   (2,215)  (31,628)  276,160   1,470   277,630 
Balance December 31, 2021  15,126  $
151  $
102,688  $
224,395   (2,215) $
(31,628) $
295,606  $
1,575  $
297,181 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

47
42

U.S. PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

 Year Ended  Year Ended 
 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018  December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES                  
Net income including non-controlling interests $52,491  $57,259  $48,842 
Adjustments to reconcile net income including non-controlling interests to net cash provided by operating activities:            
Net income including non-controlling interest and earnings from unconsolidated affiliates, net $57,924  $52,491  $57,259 
Adjustments to reconcile net income including non-controlling interest to net cash provided by operating activities:            
Depreciation and amortization  10,533   10,095   9,755   11,591   10,533   10,095 
Provision for credit losses  4,623   4,858   4,603   5,305   4,623   4,858 
Equity-based awards compensation expense  7,917   6,985   5,939   7,867   7,917   6,985 
Deferred income taxes  (258)  4,651   4,813   5,688   (258)  4,651 
Gain on sale of partnership interest  (1,091)  (5,514)  (1,846)  0   (1,091)  (5,514)
Write-off of goodwill - closed clinics  1,859   0   0 
Derecognition (write-off) of goodwill - closed clinics  0   1,859   0 
Earnings in unconsolidated affiliate
  (112)  0   0 
Other  281   96   167   (134)  281   96 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                        
Decrease (increase) in patient accounts receivable  899   (6,376)  (3,434)
Decrease(increase) in accounts receivable - other  1,661   (2,499)  (1,087)
Decrease (increase) in other assets  4,161   (1,878)  345 
(Increase) decrease in patient accounts receivable  (9,417)  899   (6,376)
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable - other  (1,538)  1,661   (2,499)
(Increase) decrease in other assets  (633)  4,161   (1,878)
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses  12,427   (4,209)  4,876   4,657   12,427   (4,209)
Increase (decrease) in other long-term liabilities  4,492   (1,020)  32   (4,792)  4,492   (1,020)
Net cash provided by operating activities  99,995   62,448   73,005   76,406   99,995   62,448 
   
INVESTING ACTIVITIES                        
Purchase of fixed assets  (7,639)  (10,189)  (7,193)  (8,201)  (7,639)  (10,189)
Purchase of majority interest in businesses, net of cash acquired  (23,907)  (30,597)  (16,367)  (86,823)  (23,907)  (30,597)
Purchase of redeemable non-controlling interest, temporary equity  (20,385)  (8,651)  0   (28,465)  (20,385)  (8,651)
Purchase of non-controlling interest, permanent equity  (238)  (428)  (350)  (1,274)  (238)  (428)
Proceeds on sale of redeemable non-controlling interest, temporary equity  127   207   0   69   127   207 
Proceeds on sales of partnership interest, clinics and fixed assets  839   11,665   1   275   839   11,665 
Distributions from unconsolidated affiliate
  152   0   0��
Sales of non-controlling interest-permanent
  131   0   0 
Net cash used in investing activities  (51,203)  (37,993)  (23,909)  (124,136)  (51,203)  (37,993)
   
FINANCING ACTIVITIES                        
Distributions to non-controlling interests, permanent and temporary equity  (18,331)  (16,235)  (15,646)
Distributions to non-controlling interest, permanent and temporary equity  (16,931)  (18,331)  (16,235)
Cash dividends paid to shareholders  (4,110)  (14,555)  (11,664)  (18,765)  (4,110)  (14,555)
Proceeds from revolving line of credit  214,000   145,000   103,000   316,000   214,000   145,000 
Payments on revolving line of credit  (244,000)  (137,000)  (119,000)  (218,000)  (244,000)  (137,000)
Payments to settle mandatorily redeemable non-controlling interests  0   0   (265)
Principal payments on notes payable  (1,037)  (1,433)  (4,044)  (4,899)  (1,037)  (1,433)
Medicare Accelerated and Advance Payment Funds  14,054   0   0 
(Payment) receipt of Medicare Accelerated and Advance Funds  (14,054)  14,054   0 
Other  2   (52)  (42)  28   2   (52)
Net cash used in financing activities  (39,422)  (24,275)  (47,661)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  43,379   (39,422)  (24,275)
                        
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents  9,370   180   1,435 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents  (4,351)  9,370   180 
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period  23,548   23,368   21,933   32,918   23,548   23,368 
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period $32,918  $23,548  $23,368  $28,567  $32,918  $23,548 
                        
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION                        
Cash paid during the period for:                        
Income taxes $7,677  $9,856  $9,183  $12,214  $7,677  $9,856 
Interest $1,202  $1,890  $2,357  $1,352  $1,202  $1,890 
Non-cash investing and financing transactions during the period:                        
Purchase of businesses - seller financing portion $1,121  $4,300  $950  $3,050  $1,121  $4,300 
Purchase of business - payable to common shareholders of acquired business $0  $502  $0  $0  $0  $502 
Notes payable related to purchase of redeemable non-controlling interest, temporary equity $136  $283  $0  $1,759  $136  $283 
Notes payable related to purchase of non-controlling interest, permanent equity $699  $103  $0 
Notes payable due to purchase of non-controlling interest, permanent equity $0  $699  $103 
Notes receivable related to sale of partnership interest - redeemable non-controlling interest $0  $2,870  $0  $914  $0  $2,870 
Notes receivables related to sale of partnership interest $994  $0  $0 
Note receivables related to sale of partnership interest $0  $994  $0 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


48
43

U.S. PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 20182019

1. Organization, Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation


The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”). All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.


The Company operates its business through 2 reportable business segments. The Company’s reportable segments include the physical therapy operations segment and the industrial injury prevention services segment. The Company’s physical therapy operations consist of physical therapy and occupational therapy clinics that provide pre-and post-operative care and treatment for orthopedic relatedorthopedic-related disorders, sports-related injuries, preventive care, rehabilitation of injured workers and neurological injuries. TheServices provided by the industrial injury prevention services segment includesinclude onsite injury prevention and rehabilitation, performance optimization and ergonomic assessments. Prior to the second quarter of 2020, the Company operated as a single segment. All prior year segment information has been reclassified to conform to the 2020current segment presentation. See Note 12.12 - Segment Information.



During the last three years we completed the acquisitions of 7 multi-clinic practices and 3 industrial injury prevention businesses as detailed below.


Acquisition Date 
% Interest
Acquired
 
Number of
Clinics
December 2021 Acquisition December 31, 2021 75% 3
November 2021 Acquisition November 30, 2021 70% *
September 2021 Acquisition September 30, 2021 100% *
June 2021 Acquisition June 30, 2021 65% 8
March 2021 Acquisition March 31, 2021 70% 6
November 2020 Acquisition November 30, 2020 75% 3
September 2020 Acquisition September 30, 2020 70% 
**
February 2020 Acquisition February 27, 2020 65% *** 4
September 2019 Acquisition September 30, 2019 67% 11
April 2019 Acquisition
 April 11, 2019
 100%
 *



*Industrial injury prevention business
**The business includes 6 management and services contracts which have been in place for a number of years. As of the date acquired, the contracts had a remaining term of five years.
***The four clinics are in 4 separate partnerships. The Company's interest in the 4 partnerships range from 10.0% to 83.8%, with an overall 65.0% based on the initial purchase transaction.

Physical Therapy Operations


The physical therapy operations segment primarily operates through subsidiary clinic partnerships, in which the Company generally owns a 1% general partnership interest in all the Clinic Partnerships. Our limited partnership interests typically range from 10% to 99% in the Clinic Partnerships. The managing therapist of each clinic owns, directly or indirectly, the remaining limited partnership interest in most of the clinics (hereinafter referred to as “Clinic Partnerships”). To a lesser extent, the Company operates some clinics, through wholly-owned subsidiaries, under profit sharing arrangements with therapists (hereinafter referred to as “Wholly-Owned Facilities”).


The Company continues to seek to attract for employment physical therapists who have established relationships with physicians and other referral sources, by offering these therapists a competitive salary and incentives based on the profitability of the clinic that they manage. For multi-site clinic practices in which a controlling interest is acquired by the Company, the prior owners typically continue on as employees to manage the clinic operations, retainingretain a non-controlling ownership interest in the clinics and receivingreceive a competitive salary for managing the clinic operations. In addition, the Company has developed satellite clinic facilities as part of existing Clinic Partnerships and Wholly-Owned Facilities, with the result that a substantial number of Clinic Partnerships and Wholly-Owned Facilities operate more than 1 clinic location.


As of December 31, 2020, the Company owned and/or operated 554 clinics in 39 states. The clinics’ business primarily originates from physician referrals. The principal sources of payment for the clinics’ services are managed care programs, commercial health insurance, Medicare/Medicaid, workers’ compensation insurance and proceeds from personal injury cases. In addition to the Company’s ownership and operation of outpatient physical therapy clinics, it also manages physical therapy facilities for third parties, such as physicians and hospitals, with 38 such third-party facilities under management as of December 31, 2020.


DuringBesides the last three years,multi-clinic acquisitions referenced in the Company completed the following acquisitions within its physical therapy operations segment:

Acquisition Date 
% Interest
Acquired
 
Number of
Clinics
       
November 2020 Acquisition November 30, 2020 75% 3
September 2020 Acquisition September 30, 2020 70% *0
February 2020 Acquisition February 27, 2020 65%**4
September 2019 Acquisition September 30, 2019 67% 11
August 2018 Acquisition August 31, 2018 70% 4

*The business includes 6 management and services contracts which had a remaining term of approximately five years as of the date acquired.
**The 4 clinics are in 4 separate partnerships. The Company's interest in the 4 partnerships range from 10.0% to 83.8%, with an overall 65.0% based on the initial purchase transaction.

49


Alsotable above, during 2019,2021and 2020, we purchased the assets and business of 15 and  3 physical therapy clinicclinics, respectively, in a separate transaction. The clinic operates as a satellite clinic of 1 of the existing partnerships. Besides the August 2018 multi-clinic acquisition, we acquired 5 separate clinic practices that year through several of our majority owned Clinic Partnerships. These practices operate as satellites of the respective existing Clinic Partnerships.transactions.
 
44


During the year ended December 31, 2020,2021, the Company sold 2 clinics. The aggregate sales price was $0.1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we sold 14 previously closed clinics. The aggregate sales price was $1.1 million, of which $0.7 million was paid in cash and $0.4 million in a note receivable payabledue in 2 equal installments of principal and any accrued interestinterest. The first payment was received in June 2021 and the next payment is due on June 15, 2021 and 2022.


The Company intends to continue to pursue additional acquisition opportunities, develop new clinics and open satellite clinics.


Clinic Partnerships


For non-acquired Clinic Partnerships, the earnings and liabilities attributable to the non-controlling interests, typically owned by the managing therapist, directly or indirectly, are recorded within the balance sheets and income statements as non-controlling interests – interest—permanent equity.equity. For acquired Clinic Partnerships with redeemable non-controlling interests, the earnings attributable to the redeemable non-controlling interests are recorded within the consolidated statements ofbalance sheets and income line item – net income attributable to redeemable non-controlling interests – temporary equity and the equity interests are recorded on the consolidated balance sheetstatements as redeemable non-controlling interests – interesttemporary equity.


Effective December 31, 2017, the Company entered into amendments to its acquired limited partnership agreements replacing the mandatory redemption features. No monetary consideration was paid to the partners to amend the agreements. The amended limited partnership agreements provide that, upon certain events, the Company has a call right (the “Call Right”) and the selling entity has a put right (the “Put Right”) for the purchase and sale of the limited partnership interest held by the partner. Once triggered, the Put Right and the Call Right do not expire, even upon an individual partner’s death, and contain no mandatory redemption feature. The purchase price of the partner’s limited partnership interest upon the exercise of either the Put Right or the Call Right is calculated per the terms of the respective agreements. The Company accounted for the amendment of its limited partnership agreements as an extinguishment of the outstanding Seller Entity Interests, as defined in Note 5, classified as liabilities through the issuance of new Seller Entity Interests classified in temporary equity. Pursuant to ASC 470-50-40-2, the Company removed the outstanding liability-classified Seller Entity Interests at their carrying amounts, recognized the new temporary-equity-classified Seller Entity Interests at their fair value, and recorded no gain or loss on extinguishment as management believes the redemption value (i.e. the carrying amount) and fair value are the same. In summary, the redemption values of the mandatorily redeemable non-controlling interest (previously classified as liabilities) were reclassified as redeemable non-controlling interest (temporary equity) at fair value on the December 31, 2017 consolidated balance sheet. See Note 5 - Redeemable Non-Controlling Interests – for further discussion.


Wholly-Owned Facilities


For Wholly-Owned Facilities with profit sharing arrangements, an appropriate accrual is recorded for the amount of profit sharing due the clinic partners/directors. The amount is expensed as compensation and included in clinic operating costs—salaries and related costs. The respective liability is included in current liabilities—accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets.

Industrial Injury Prevention Services


In March 2017, the Company acquired a 55% interest in the initial industrial injury prevention business. On April 30, 2018, the Company acquired a 65% interest in another business in the industrial injury prevention sector. On April 30, 2018, the Company combined the 2 businesses.  After the combination, the Company owned a 59.45% interest in the combined business, Briotix Health, Limited Partnership (“Briotix Health”), which is the Company’s industrial injury prevention operation.


On April 11, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of a third provider of industrial injury prevention services. The acquired company specializes in delivering injury prevention and care, post offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations and return-to-work services. It performs these services across a network in 45 states including onsite at 11 client locations. After the acquisition, the business was then combined with Briotix Health increasing the Company’s ownership position in the partnership to approximately 76.0%.


Services provided in the industrial injury prevention services segment include onsite injury prevention and rehabilitation, performance optimization, post offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations, and ergonomic assessments. The majority of these services are contracted with and paid for directly by employers, including a number of Fortune 500 companies. Other clients include large insurers and their contractors. The Company performs these services through Industrial Sports Medicine Professionals, consisting of both physical therapists and specialized certified athletic trainers (ATCs).


50

Impact of COVID-19


As previously disclosed in a series of filings with the SEC and further described in detail in ourthe Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the first three quarters of 2020 and our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company’s results have beenwere negatively impacted by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. Management has taken a number of steps to reduce costs, make up for operating losses incurredpandemic in March and April, and increase profits subsequently. The Company continues to experience somewhat lower physical therapy patient volumes; however revenues improved significantly in the 2020 fourth quarter2020. For 2021 periods as compared to 2020 periods, the 2020 secondincrease in revenues and third quarters. The Company’s average physical therapy patient volumes per day per clinic were 26.2, 18.9, 25.8, and 27.7, respectively, in the first four quarters of 2020. The Company’s industrial injury prevention business was less affected by the pandemic in 2020.


In March, with the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic,expenses are primarily due to the Company beganreturning to furlough or terminate approximately 40% of its 5,500 full and part-time workforce. Since early May, approximately 1,200 of the furloughed employees have returned to work on a full or part-time basis.


As of the filing of this annual report, the Company continues to experience lower physical therapy revenues. As stay at home orders and other restrictions have been lifted, we have seen our physical therapy volumes trending upwards. Should stay at home orders or other restrictions be reenacted, the Company could see its Company’s patient volume and revenues decline again.now exceeding pre-pandemic results.


The Company has put preparedness plans in place at itsour facilities to maintain continuity of operations, while also taking steps to keep employees and patients safe. In line with recommendations to reduce large gatherings and increase social distancing, the Company has where practical, transitionedcontinued to allow a large number of office-based employees to a remote work environment.remotely. The Company is continuing to monitor the situation and will adjust work environments accordingly.


In March 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the federal government approved the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”). The CARES Act provides numerous tax provisions and other stimulus measures, including temporary changes regarding the prior and future utilization of net operating losses, temporary changes to the prior and future limitations on interest deductions, temporary suspension of certain payment requirements for the employer portion of Social Security taxes, technical corrections from prior tax legislation for tax depreciation of certain qualified improvement property, and the creation of certain payroll tax credits associated with the retention of employees.


Medicare Accelerated and Advance Payment Program (“MAAPP Funds”)


In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the federal government approved the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”). The CARES Act allowed for qualified healthcare providers to receive advanced payments under the existing MAAPP Funds during the COVID-19 pandemic. Under this program, healthcare providers could choose to receive advanced payments for future Medicare services provided. The Company applied for and received approval fromCenters for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) in April 2020. TheThe Company recorded thesethe $14.1 million in advance payments received as a liability until all performance obligations have been met asliability. During the payments were made on behalffirst quarter of patients before services were provided. Currently,2021, the Company repaid the MAAPP funds received are required to be appliedFunds of $14.1 million rather than applying them to future Medicare billings commencing in August 2021, with all such remaining amounts required to be repaid by January 2024. Beginning January 2024, any unpaid balance will begin accruing interest. The Company currently intends to repay funds prior to August 2021. Included in cash and cash equivalents and accrued liabilities at December 31, 2020 is $14.1 million of MAAPP Funds.services performed.

Relief Funds


On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was enacted. The CARES Act also provided additional waivers, reimbursement, grants and other funds to assist health care providers during the COVID-19 pandemic, including $100.0 billion in appropriations for the Public Health and Social Services Emergency Fund, also referred to as the Provider Relief Fund, to be used for preventing, preparing, and responding to the coronavirus, and for reimbursing eligible health care providers for lost revenues and health care related expenses that are attributable to COVID-19.


ThroughFor the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries receivedrecorded income of approximately $4.6 million and $13.5 million, ofrespectively, from payments under the CARES Act (“Relief Funds”). ForUnder the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company has recognized approximately $13.5 million,Company’s accounting policy, these payments were recorded as Other income – Relief Funds on the accompany consolidated statement of operations.Funds. These funds are not required to be repaid upon attestation and compliance with certain terms and conditions, which could change materially based on evolving grant compliance provisions and guidance provided by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Currently, the Company can attest and comply with the terms and conditions of the grant guidance.conditions.  The Company will continue to monitor the evolving guidelines and may record adjustments as additional information is released.


2. Significant Accounting Policies

Cash Equivalents


The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents at financial institutions. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The combined account balances at several institutions typically exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance coverage and, as a result, there is a concentration of credit risk related to amounts on deposit in excess of FDIC insurance coverage. Management believes that this risk is not significant.

Long-Lived Assets


Fixed assets are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Estimated useful lives for furniture and equipment range from three to eight years and for software purchased from three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the related lease term or estimated useful lives of the assets, which is generally three to five years.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of


The Company reviews property and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives for impairment upon the occurrence of certain events or circumstances that indicate the related amounts may be impaired. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.


Investment in unconsolidated affiliate



Investments in unconsolidated joint ventures in which the Company has less than a controlling interest, are accounted for under the equity method of accounting and, accordingly, are adjusted for capital contributions, distributions and the Company’s equity in net earnings or loss of the respective joint venture.

Goodwill


Goodwill represents the excess of the amount paid and fair value of the non-controlling interests over the fair value of the acquired business assets, which include certain identifiable intangible assets. Historically, goodwill has been derived from acquisitions and, prior to 2009, from the purchase of some or all of a particular local management’s equity interest in an existing clinic. Effective January 1, 2009, if the purchase price of a non-controlling interest by the Company exceeds or is less than the book value at the time of purchase, any excess or shortfall is recognized as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital.


Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are instead subject to periodic impairment evaluations. The fair value of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives are evaluated for impairment at least annually and upon the occurrence of certain events or conditions and are written down to fair value if considered impaired. These events or conditions include but are not limited to: a significant adverse change in the business environment, regulatory environment, or legal factors; a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of such losses or a projection of continuing losses; or a sale or disposition of a significant portion of a reporting unit. The occurrence of one of these events or conditions could significantly impact an impairment assessment, necessitating an impairment charge. The Company evaluates indefinite lived tradenames using the relief from royalty method in conjunction with its annual goodwill impairment test.


The Company operates a 2 segment business which is made up of various clinics within partnerships, and the other isan industrial injury prevention services business. The partnerships are components of regions and are aggregated to the operating segment level for the purpose of determining the Company’s reporting units when performing its annual goodwill impairment test. In 2021, 2020 2019 and 20182019, there were 6 regions. In addition to the six6 regions, in 2020 and 2019, the impairment analysis included a separate analysis for the industrial injury prevention services business, as a separate reporting unit.


As part of the impairment analysis, the Company is first required to assess qualitatively if it can conclude whether goodwill is more likely than not impaired. If goodwill is more likely than not impaired, the Company is then required to complete a quantitative analysis of whether a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. In evaluating whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company considers relevant events or circumstances that affect the fair value or carrying amount of a reporting unit. The Company considers both the income and market approach in determining the fair value of its reporting units when performing a quantitative analysis.


An impairment loss generally would be recognized when the carrying amount of the net assets of a reporting unit, inclusive of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets, exceeds the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. The evaluation of goodwill in 2021, 2020 2019 and 20182019 did not result in any goodwill amounts that were deemed impaired.



Based onAs part of the economic conditions experienced in 2020 and the decline in patient visits due to the pandemic,annual assessment, the Company evaluated whether events or circumstances indicated that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting units were reduced below their carrying value as of December 31, 2020.2021. As a result of the assessment, the Company determined that it was not more likely than not that goodwill and tradenames of the reporting units were impaired as of December 31, 2020.2021.



The Company will continue to monitor for any triggering events or other indicators of impairment.  Due to the uncertainty of the current economic conditions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company will continue to review its carrying amounts of goodwill and other intangibles quarterly.


For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company derecognized (wrote-off) goodwill in the amount of $1.9 million related to closed clinics due to COVID-19.

Redeemable Non-Controlling InterestsInterest


The non-controlling interestsinterest that areis reflected as redeemable non-controlling interestsinterest in the consolidated financial statements consistconsists of those in which the owners and the Company have certain redemption rights, whether currently exercisable or not, and which currently, or in the future, require that the Company purchase or the owner sell the non-controlling interest held by the owner, if certain conditions are met. The purchase price is derived at a predetermined formula based on a multiple of trailing twelve months earnings performance as defined in the respective limited partnership agreements. The redemption rights can be triggered by the owner or the Company at such time as both of the following events have occurred: 1) termination of the owner’s employment, regardless of the reason for such termination, and 2) the passage of specified number of years after the closing of the transaction, typically three to five years, as defined in the limited partnership agreement. The redemption rights are not automatic or mandatory (even upon death) and require either the owner or the Company to exercise its rights when the conditions triggering the redemption rights have been satisfied.


On the date the Company acquires a controlling interest in a partnership, and the limited partnership agreement for such partnership contains redemption rights not under the control of the Company, the fair value of the non-controlling interest is recorded in the consolidated balance sheet under the caption – Redeemablecaption—Redeemable non-controlling interests. Then, in each reporting period thereafter until it is purchased by the Company, the redeemable non-controlling interest is adjusted to the greater of its then current redemption value or initial carrying value, based on the predetermined formula defined in the respective limited partnership agreement. As a result, the value of the non-controlling interest is not adjusted below its initial carrying value. The Company records any adjustment in the redemption value, net of tax, directly to retained earnings and are not reflected in the consolidated statements of income. Although the adjustments are not reflected in the consolidated statements of income, current accounting rules require that the Company reflects the adjustments, net of tax, in the earnings per share calculation. The amount of net income attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest owners is included in consolidated net income on the face of the consolidated statements of net income. Management believes the redemption value (i.e. the carrying amount) and fair value are the same.

Non-Controlling InterestsInterest


The Company recognizes non-controlling interests,interest, in which the Company has no obligation but the right to purchase the non-controlling interests,interest, as permanent equity in the consolidated financial statements separate from the parent entity’s equity. The amount of net income attributable to non-controlling interests is included in consolidated net income on the face of the statements of net income. Changes in a parent entity’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in deconsolidation are treated as equity transactions if the parent entity retains its controlling financial interest. The Company recognizes a gain or loss in net income when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. Such gain or loss is measured using the fair value of the non-controlling equity investment on the deconsolidation date.


When the purchase price of a non-controlling interest by the Company exceeds the book value at the time of purchase, any excess or shortfall is recognized as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital. Additionally, operating losses are allocated to non-controlling interests even when such allocation creates a deficit balance for the non-controlling interest partner.

Revenue Recognition


In May 2014, March 2016, April 2016, and December 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Principal versus Agent Considerations, ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, ASU 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Narrow Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients, and ASU 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customer (collectively the “standards”), respectively, which supersede most of the current revenue recognition requirements (“ASC 606”). The core principle of the new guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.


The Company implemented the new standards beginning January 1, 2018 using a modified retrospective transition method. The principal change relates to how the new standard requires healthcare providers to estimate the amount of variable consideration to be included in the transaction price up to an amount which is probable that a significant reversal will not occur. The most common forms of variable consideration the Company experiences are amounts for services provided that are ultimately not realizable from a customer. There were no changes to revenues or other revenues upon implementation. Under the new standards, the Company’s estimate for unrealizable amounts will continue to be recognized as a reduction to revenue. The bad debt expense historically reported will not materially change.



For ASC 606, there is an implied contract between us and the patient upon each patient visit. Separate contractual arrangements exist between us and third-party payors (e.g. insurers, managed care programs, government programs, workers' compensation) which establish the amounts the third parties pay on behalf of the patients for covered services rendered. While these agreements are not considered contracts with the customer, they are used for determining the transaction price for services provided to the patients covered by the third party payors. The payor contracts do not indicate performance obligations for us, but indicate reimbursement rates for patients who are covered by those payors when the services are provided. At that time, the Company is obligated to provide services for the reimbursement rates stipulated in the payor contracts. The execution of the contract alone does not indicate a performance obligation. For self-paying customers, the performance obligation exists when we provide the services at established rates. The difference between the Company’s established rate and the anticipated reimbursement rate is accounted for as an offset to revenuecontractual allowance.


The following table details the revenue related to the various categories (in thousands).

 Year Ended 
  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018 
Net patient revenues $373,340  $433,345  $417,703 
Management contract revenues  8,410   8,676   8,339 
Other revenues  2,020   2,486   2,403 
Physical therapy operations $383,770  $444,507  $428,445 
Industrial injury prevention services revenues  39,199   37,462   25,466 
  $422,969  $481,969  $453,911 

Patient revenues

 Year Ended 
  December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Net patient revenue $438,330  $373,340  $433,345 
Other patient revenue  2,939   2,020   2,486 
Physical therapy operations
 $
441,269  $
375,360  $
435,831 
Physical therapy management contracts
 
9,853  
8,410  
8,676 
Industrial injury prevention services
  43,900   39,199   37,462 
  $495,022  $422,969  $481,969 

Patient revenue


Revenues are recognized in the period in which services are rendered. Net patient revenuesrevenue consists of revenues for physical therapy and occupational therapy clinics that provide pre-and post-operative care and treatment for orthopedic related disorders, sports-related injuries, preventative care, rehabilitation of injured workers and neurological-related injuries. Net patient revenues (patient revenues less estimated contractual adjustments) are recognized at the estimated net realizable amounts from third-party payors, patients and others in exchange for services rendered when obligations under the terms of the contract are satisfied. There is an implied contract between us and the patient upon each patient visit. Generally, this occurs as the Company provides physical and occupational therapy services, as each service provided is distinct and future services rendered are not dependent on previously rendered services. The Company has agreements with third-party payors that provide for payments to the Company at amounts different from its established rates.


Medicare Reimbursement


The Medicare program reimburses outpatient rehabilitation providers based on the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule (‘‘MPFS’’(“MPFS”). For services provided in 2018,2017 through 2019, a 0.5% increase was applied to the fee schedule payment rates; for services provided in 2019, a 0.25% increase was applied to the fee schedule payment rates before applying the mandatory budget neutrality adjustment. For services provided in 2020 through 2025 a 0.0% percent update will0 adjustment is expected to be applied each year to the fee schedule payment rates, before applying the mandatory budget neutrality adjustment. However, in


In the 2020 MPFS Final Rule, CMS proposed an increase torevised coding, documentation guidelines, and increased the code values for office/outpatient evaluation and management (E/M) codes and cuts to other codes to maintain budget neutrality of the MPFS. This changeMPFS beginning in code valuations was to become effective January 1, 2021. Under the 2021 MPFS Final Rule, CMS increased the values for the E/M office visit codes and cuts to other specialty codes to maintain budget neutrality. As a result, CMS projected a 9% decrease in fee schedule payment rates for therapy services set to take effect in 2021. However, Congress intervened with passage of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 and reimbursement for the codes applicable to physical/occupational therapy services wereprovided by our clinics received an estimated 3.5% decrease in the aggregate in payment from Medicare in calendar year 2021 as compared to 2020.


In the 2022 MPFS Final Rule published on November 2, 2021, there was to be reducedan approximately 3.75% reduction to Medicare payments for physical/occupational therapy services. This was due to the expiration of the additional funding to the conversion factor provided by approximately 9%Congress in the aggregate. The 9% reduction in payment was addressed by2021 under the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021. However, this reduction was addressed in the Protecting Medicare and American Farmers from Sequester Cuts Act (“2021 (“Act”) signed into law on December 27,2020.10, 2021. Based on various provisions in the 2021 Act, the Company now estimates that the Medicare rate reduction for the full year of 20212022 will be approximately 3.5%0.75%. The 2021 Act did not address the 15% reduction in aggregate.Medicare payments for services performed by a physical or occupational therapist assistant, which began on January 1, 2022.


BeginningIn addition, the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 includes reductions in Medicare payment rates of approximately 3% in each of calendar years 2023 and 2024, unless regulatory or Congressional action results in modifications to such rates as has occurred in 2021 payments to individual therapists (Physical/Occupational Therapist in Private Practice) paid under the fee schedule may be subject to adjustment based on performance in the Merit Based Incentive Payment System (“MIPS”), which measures performance based on certain quality metrics, resource use, and meaningful use of electronic health records. Under the MIPS requirements, a provider's performance is assessed according to established performance standards each year and then is used to determine an adjustment factor that is applied to the professional's payment for the corresponding payment year. The provider’s MIPS performance in 2019 will determine the payment adjustment in 2021. Each year from 2019 through 2024, professionals who receive a significant share of their revenues through an alternate payment model (“APM”), (such as accountable care organizations or bundled payment arrangements) that involves risk of financial losses and a quality measurement component will receive a 5% bonus in the corresponding payment year. The bonus payment for APM participation is intended to encourage participation and testing of new APMs and to promote the alignment of incentives across payors. The specifics of the MIPS and APM adjustments will be subject to future notice and comment rule-making.2022.


The Budget Control Act of 2011 increased the federal debt ceiling in connection with deficit reductions over the next ten years and requires automatic reductions in federal spending by approximately $1.2 trillion. Payments to Medicare providers are subject to these automatic spending reductions, subject to a 2% cap. On April 1, 2013, a 2% reduction to Medicare payments was implemented. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, enacted on November 2, 2015, extended the 2% reductions to Medicare payments through fiscal year 2025. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, enacted on February 9, 2018, extends the 2% reductions to Medicare payments through fiscal year 2027. The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES)CARES Act suspended the 2% payment reduction to Medicare payments for dates of service from May 1, 2020, through December 31, 2020. The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 further suspended the 2% payment reduction until March 31, 2021. On April 14, 2021, additional legislation was enacted that waived the 2% payment reduction for the remainder of calendar 2021. The 2021 Act, which was signed into law on December 10, 2021, included a three-month extension of the 2% sequester relief applied to all Medicare payments through March 31, 2022, followed by three months of 1% sequester relief through June 30, 2022. Sequester relief is scheduled to then end on June 30, 2022.



Beginning in 2021, payments to individual therapists (Physical/Occupational Therapist in Private Practice) paid under the fee schedule may be subject to adjustment based on performance in the Merit Based Incentive Payment System (“MIPS”), which measures performance based on certain quality metrics, resource use, and meaningful use of electronic health records. Therapists eligible to participate in MIPS include only those therapists who are enrolled with Medicare as private practice providers, and does not include therapists in facility-based providers, such as our clinics enrolled as certified rehabilitation agencies. Less than 3% of the Company’s therapist providers currently participate in MIPS. Under the MIPS requirements, a provider’s performance is assessed according to established performance standards each year and then is used to determine an adjustment factor that is applied to the professional’s payment for the corresponding payment year. The provider’s MIPS performance in 2019 will determine the payment adjustment in 2021. For those therapist providers who actually participated in MIPS during 2019, the resulting average payment adjustment was an increase of 1%.


Historically, the total amount paid by Medicare in any one year for outpatient physical therapy, occupational therapy, and/or speech-language pathology services provided to any Medicare beneficiary was subject to an annual dollar limit (i.e., the “Therapy Cap” or “Limit”). For 2017, the annual Limit on outpatient therapy services was $1,980 for combined Physical Therapy and Speech Language Pathology services and $1,980 for Occupational Therapy services. As a result of Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, the Therapy Caps have been eliminated, effective as of January 1, 2018.


Under the Middle ClassMiddle-Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 (“MCTRA”), since October 1, 2012, patients who met or exceeded $3,700 in therapy expenditures during a calendar year have been subject to a manual medical review to determine whether applicable payment criteria are satisfied. The $3,700 threshold is applied to Physical Therapy and Speech Language Pathology Services; a separate $3,700 threshold is applied to the Occupational Therapy. The MACRA directed CMS to modify the manual medical review process such that those reviews will no longer apply to all claims exceeding the $3,700 threshold and instead will be determined on a targeted basis based on a variety of factors that CMS considers appropriate. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 extends the targeted medical review indefinitely but reduces the threshold to $3,000 through December 31, 2027. For 2028, the threshold amount will be increased by the percentage increase in the Medicare Economic Index (“MEI”) for 2028 and in subsequent years the threshold amount will increase based on the corresponding percentage increase in the MEI for such subsequent year.



CMS adopted a multiple procedure payment reduction (“MPPR”) for therapy services in the final update to the MPFS for calendar year 2011. The MPPR applied to all outpatient therapy services paid under Medicare Part B — occupational therapy, physical therapy and speech-language pathology. Under the policy, the Medicare program pays 100% of the practice expense component of the Relative Value Unit (“RVU”) for the therapy procedure with the highest practice expense RVU, then reduces the payment for the practice expense component for the second and subsequent therapy procedures or units of service furnished during the same day for the same patient, regardless of whether those therapy services are furnished in separate sessions. SinceIn 2013, the practice expense component for the second and subsequent therapy service furnished during the same day for the same patient was reduced by 50%.In addition, the MCTRA directed CMS to implement a claims-based data collection program to gather additional data on patient function during the course of therapy in order to better understand patient conditions and outcomes. All practice settings that provide outpatient therapy services are required to include this data on the claim form. Since 2013, therapists have been required to report new codes and modifiers on the claim form that reflect a patient’s functional limitations and goals at initial evaluation, periodically throughout care, and at discharge. Reporting of these functional limitation codes and modifiers are required on the claim for payment.


Medicare claims for outpatient therapy services furnished by therapytherapist assistants on or after January 1, 2020 must include a modifier indicating the service was furnished by a therapytherapist assistant. Outpatient therapy services furnished on or after January 1, 2022, in whole or part by a therapytherapist assistant will be paid at an amount equal to 85% of the payment amount otherwise applicable for the service.



Statutes, regulations, and payment rules governing the delivery of therapy services to Medicare beneficiaries are complex and subject to interpretation. We believe that we are in compliance, in all material respects, with all applicable laws and regulations and are not aware of any pending or threatened investigations involving allegations of potential wrongdoing that would have a material effect on the our financial statements as of December 31, 2020.2021. Compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to future government review and interpretation, as well as significant regulatory action including fines, penalties, and exclusion from the Medicare program. For yearthe years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, respectively, net patient revenuesrevenue from Medicare werewas approximately $134.4 million and $101.6 million.million, respectively.


Given the history of frequent revisions to the Medicare program and its reimbursement rates and rules, we may not continue to receive reimbursement rates from Medicare that sufficiently compensate us for our services or, in some instances, cover our operating costs. Limits on reimbursement rates or the scope of services being reimbursed could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, any delay or default by the federal or state governments in making Medicare and/or Medicaid reimbursement payments could materially and, adversely, affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Management Contract RevenuesRevenue


Management contract revenues,revenue, which areis included in other revenues, arerevenue, is derived from contractual arrangements whereby the Company manages a clinic for third party owners. The Company does not have any ownership interest in these clinics. Typically, revenues arerevenue is determined based on the number of visits conducted at the clinic and recognized at a point in time when services are performed. Costs, typically salaries for the Company’s employees, are recorded when incurred.


Industrial Injury Prevention Services RevenuesRevenue



Revenue from the industrial injury prevention services business, which areis also included in other revenuesrevenue in the consolidated statements of net income, areis derived from onsite services we providethe Company provides to clients’ employees including injury prevention, rehabilitation, ergonomic assessments, post-offer employment testing and performance optimization. Revenue from the Company’s industrial injury prevention services business is recognized when obligations under the terms of the contract are satisfied. Revenues are recognized at an amount equal to the consideration the company expects to receive in exchange for providing injury prevention services to its clients. The revenue is determined and recognized based on the number of hours and respective rate for services provided in a given period.

Other Revenue

Other Revenues


Additionally, other revenues includerevenue includes services the Company provides on-site at locations such as schools and industrial worksites for physical or occupational therapy services, athletic trainers and gym membership fees. Contract terms and rates are agreed to in advance between the Company and the third parties. Services are typically performed over the contract period and revenue is recorded at the point of service. If the services are paid in advance, revenue is recorded as a contract liability over the period of the agreement and recognized at the point in time, when the services are performed.

Contractual Allowances


The allowance for estimated contractual adjustments is based on terms of payor contracts and historical collection and write-off experience. Contractual allowances result from the differences between the rates charged for services performed and expected reimbursements by both insurance companies and government sponsored healthcare programs for such services. Medicare regulations and the various third partythird-party payors and managed care contracts are often complex and may include multiple reimbursement mechanisms payable for the services provided in Company clinics. The Company estimates contractual allowances based on its interpretation of the applicable regulations, payor contracts and historical calculations. Each month the Company estimates its contractual allowance for each clinic based on payor contracts and the historical collection experience of the clinic and applies an appropriate contractual allowance reserve percentage to the gross accounts receivable balances for each payor of the clinic. Based on the Company’s historical experience, calculating the contractual allowance reserve percentage at the payor level is sufficient to allow the Company to provide the necessary detail and accuracy with its collectability estimates. However, the services authorized and provided and related reimbursement are subject to interpretation that could result in payments that differ from the Company’s estimates. Payor terms are periodically revised necessitating continual review and assessment of the estimates made by management. The Company’s billing system does not capture the exact change in its contractual allowance reserve estimate from period to period in order to assess the accuracy of its revenues and hence its contractual allowance reserves. Management regularly compares its cash collections to corresponding net revenues measured both in the aggregate and on a clinic-by-clinic basis. In the aggregate, historically the difference between net revenues and corresponding cash collections for any fiscal year has generally reflected a difference within approximately 1% to 1.5% of net revenues. Additionally, analysis of subsequent periods’ contractual write-offs on a payor basis reflects a difference within approximately 1% to 1.5% between the actual aggregate contractual reserve percentage as compared to the estimated contractual allowance reserve percentage associated with the same period end balance. As a result, the Company believes that a change in the contractual allowance reserve estimate would not likely be more than 1% to 1.5% of gross billings included in accounts receivable at December 31, 2020.2021.

Allowance for Credit Losses


The Company determines allowances for credit losses based on the specific agings and payor classifications at each clinic. The provision for credit losses is included in operating costs in the statements of net income. Patient accounts receivable, which are stated at the historical carrying amount net of contractual allowances, write-offs and allowance for credit losses, includes only those amounts the Company estimates to be collectible.

Income Taxes


Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.


The Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount to be recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority.


The CARES Act includes changes to certain tax law related to net operating losses and the deductibility of interest expense and depreciation. ASC 740, Income Taxes requires the effects of changes in tax rates and laws on deferred tax balances to be recognized in the period in which the legislation is enacted. The legislation had no effect on the Company’s deferred income taxes and current income taxes payable during the year ended December 31, 2021.


The Company did 0t have any accrued interest or penalties associated with any unrecognized tax benefits 0r was any interest expense recognized during the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018.2019. The Company will book any interest or penalties, if required, in interest and other expense, as appropriate.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments


The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, contingent earn-out payments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and notes payable approximate their fair values due to the short-term maturity of these financial instruments. The carrying amount under the Amended Credit Agreement andapproximates the redemption value of Redeemable non-controlling interests approximate the respective fair values. The fair value of the Company’s redeemable non-controlling interests is determined based on “Level 3” inputs.value. The interest rate on the Amended Credit Agreement which is tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). Provisions within the agreement currently provide the Company with the ability to replace LIBOR is set at various short-term intervals, as detailedwith a different reference rate in the Amended Credit Agreement.event LIBOR ceases to exist.



The Redeemable non-controlling interest included on the consolidated balance sheets and the put right associated with the potential future purchase of the separate company in the November 2021 acquisition are both marked to fair value on a recurring basis using level 3 inputs.  The redemption value of Redeemable non-controlling interests approximates the fair value.  The put right associated with the potential future purchase of the separate company in the November 2021 acquisition is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model utilizing unobservable inputs such as asset volatility and discount rates. The unobservable inputs in the valuation include asset volatility of 25% and a discount rate of 8.96%. See Note 5 for the changes in the fair value of Redeemable non-controlling interest.  There were no changes in the fair value of put right associated with the potential future purchase of the separate company in the November 2021 acquisition for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Segment Reporting


Operating segments are components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by chief operating decision makers in determining the allocation of resources and in assessing performance. The Company currently operates through two2 segments: physical therapy operations and industrial injury prevention services.

Use of Estimates


In preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements, management makes certain estimates and assumptions, especially in relation to, but not limited to, goodwill impairment, tradenames, allocations of purchase price, allowance for receivables, tax provision and contractual allowances, that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Self-Insurance Program


The Company utilizes a self-insurance plan for its employee group health and dental insurance coverage administered by a third party. Predetermined loss limits have been arranged with the insurance company to minimize the Company’s maximum liability and cash outlay. Accrued expenses include the estimated incurred but unreported costs to settle unpaid claims and estimated future claims. Management believes that the current accrued amounts are sufficient to pay claims arising from self-insurance claims incurred through December 31, 2020.2021.

Restricted Stock


Restricted stock issued to employees and directors is subject to continued employment or continued service on the board, respectively. Generally, restrictions on the stock granted to employees lapse in equal annual installments on the following four anniversaries of the date of grant. For those shares granted to directors, the restrictions will lapse in equal quarterly installments during the first year after the date of grant. For those granted to officers, the restriction will lapse in equal quarterly installments during the four years following the date of grant. Compensation expense for grants of restricted stock is recognized based on the fair value per share on the date of grant amortized over the vesting period. The Company recognizes any forfeitures as they occur. The restricted stock issued is included in basic and diluted shares for the earnings per share computation.

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance


In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASC 842”), which amended prior accounting standards for leases.


The Company implemented the new lease standard, ASC Topic 842 – Leases as of January 1, 2019 using the transition method in ASU 2018-11 issued in July 2018 which allows the Company to initially apply the new leases standard at adoption date and recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. There was no adjustment required to retained earnings upon adoption. Accordingly, no retrospective adjustments were made to the comparative periods presented. The Company elected certain of the practical expedients permitted, including the expedient that allows the Company to retain its existing lease assessment and classification.


Adoption of ASC 842 resulted in an increase to total assets and liabilities due to the recording of operating lease right-of-use assets (“ROU”) and operating lease liabilities of approximately $78.0 million and $82.6 million respectively, as of January 1, 2019 for operating leases as a lessee. The adoption did not materially impact the Company’s consolidated statement of income or cash flows. See Footnote 10 - Leases for further discussion of leases.


In August 2018, the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Final Rule 33-10532, Disclosure Update and Simplification, which amends certain disclosure requirements that were redundant, duplicative, overlapping or superseded by other SEC disclosure requirements. The amendments generally eliminated or otherwise reduced certain disclosure requirements of various SEC rules and regulations. However, in some cases, the amendments require additional information to be disclosed, including changes in stockholders’ equity in interim periods. The rule is effective 30 days after its publication in the Federal Register. The rule was posted on October 4, 2018. On September 25, 2018, the SEC released guidance advising it will not object to a registrant adopting the requirement to include changes in stockholders’ equity in the Form 10-Q for the first quarter beginning after the effective date of the rule. The Company adopted this guidance in its Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2019.Pronouncements


In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, which added a new impairment model (known as the current expected credit loss (CECL) model) that is based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. Under the new guidance, an entity recognizes as an allowance its estimate of expected credit losses. The CECL model applies to most debt instruments, including trade receivables. The CECL model does not have a minimum threshold for recognition of impairment losses and entities will need to measure expected credit losses on assets that have a low risk of loss. The standard is required to be applied using the modified retrospective approach with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings, if any, upon adoption.


The Company completed the adoption of ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Lossesthe standard on January 1, 2020. The financial instruments subject to ASU 2016-13 are the Company’s accounts receivable derived from contracts with customers. A significant portion of the Company’s accounts receivable are from highly-solvent, creditworthy payors including governmental programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, and highly regulated commercial insurers. The Company’s estimate of expected credit losses as of January 1, 2020, using its expected credit loss evaluation process, resulted in no adjustments to the allowance for credit losses and no cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings on the adoption date of the standard.


In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (Topic 350), which eliminates the requirement to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill to measure a goodwill impairment charge. ASU 2017-04 is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and the interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company completed the adoption of the standard effective January 1, 2020 and there was no impact to goodwill from the Company’s adoption of this change.

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance


In March 2020,December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 848): Facilitation740)–Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”). The objective of ASU 2019-12 is to simplify the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. This ASU provides temporary optional expedients andaccounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the guidancegeneral principles in Topic 740 and to provide more consistent application to improve the comparability of financial statements. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and early adoption was permitted. The adoption of ASU 2020-06 did not have a material impact on contract modifications and hedge accounting to ease the Company’s financial reporting burdens of the expected market transition from the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and other interbank offered rates to alternative reference rates. The new guidance was effective upon issuance, and the Company is allowed to elect to apply the amendments prospectively through December 31, 2022. Borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement bear interest based on LIBOR or an alternate base rate. Provisions within the agreement currently provide the Company with the ability to replace LIBOR with a different reference rate in the event LIBOR ceases to exist.statements.



In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06 Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. As part of this update, convertible instruments are to be included in diluted earnings per share using the if-converted method, rather than the treasury stock method. Further, contracts which can be settled in cash or shares, excluding liability-classified share-based payment awards, are to be included in diluted earnings per share on an if-converted basis if the effect is dilutive, regardless of whether the entity or the counterparty can choose between cash and share settlement. The share-settlement presumption may not be rebutted based on past experience or a stated policy.


This pronouncement iswas effective for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2021.2021.The Board specified that an entity should adopt the guidance at the beginning of its annual fiscal year. The Company plans to adoptadopted this pronouncement as of January 1, 2022. The use of either the modified retrospective or fully retrospective method of transition is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact ofhas determined that the adoption of ASU 2020-06 will not have a material impact on the Company's consolidatedCompany’s financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance


In December 2019,March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 740) – Simplifying848): Facilitation of the Accounting for Income Taxes (“Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. This ASU 2019-12”). The objective of ASU 2019-12 is to simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certainprovides temporary optional expedients and exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740guidance on contractmodifications and hedge accounting to provide more consistent applicationease the financial reporting burdens of the expected market transition from LIBOR and other interbank offered rates to improve the comparability of financial statements.alternative reference rates. The amendments in this ASU arenew guidance was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020,upon issuance, and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact this guidance may have on our consolidated financial statements and related footnote disclosures.

Subsequent Event


On January 29, 2021, the Company entered intois allowed to elect to apply the First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (hereafter referred to as “Amended Credit Agreement”) extending the maturity date from November 30, 2021 to November 30, 2025. The commitmentamendments prospectively through December 31, 2022. Borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement remains at $125 million, however(as defined in Note 9) bear interest based on LIBOR or an alternate base rate. Provisions within the accordion featureagreement currently provide the Company with the ability to replace LIBOR with a different reference rate in the agreement was expandedevent LIBOR ceases to provide for capacity up to $150 million. See Note 9 for more information on the Amended Credit Agreement.

exist.

3. Acquisitions of Businesses


During 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018,2019, the Company acquired a majority interest in the following businesses:

Acquisition Date 
% Interest
Acquired
 
Number of
Clinics
December 2021 Acquisition December 31, 2021 75% 3
November 2021 Acquisition
 November 30, 2021 70% IIPS*
September 2021 Acquisition
 September 30, 2021 100% IIPS*
June 2021 Acquisition
 June 30, 2021 65% 8
March 2021 Acquisition
 March 31, 2021 70% 6
November 2020 Acquisition November 30, 2020 75% 3
September 2020 Acquisition September 30, 2020 70% **
February 2020 Acquisition February 27, 2020 65%***4
September 2019 Acquisition September 30, 2019 67% 11
April 2019 Acquisition
 April 11, 2019
 100%
 *

*Industrial injury prevention business
**The business includes 6 management and services contracts which have been in place for a number of years. As of the date acquired, the contracts had a remaining term of five years.
***The 4 clinics are in 4 separate partnerships. The Company's interest in the 4 partnerships range from 10.0% to 83.8%, with an overall 65.0% based on the initial purchase transaction.


On December 31, 2021, the Company acquired a 75% in 3-clinic physical therapy practices:practice with the practice founder retaining 25%. The purchase price for the 75% interest was approximately $3.7 million, of which $3.5 million was paid in cash and $0.2 million in the form of a note payable. The note accrues interest at 3.25% per annum and the principal and interest is payable on December 31, 2023.

Acquisition Date 
% Interest
Acquired
 
Number of
Clinics
November 2020 Acquisition November 30, 2020 75% 3
September 2020 Acquisition September 30, 2020 70% *
February 2020 Acquisition February 27, 2020 65%**4
September 2019 Acquisition September 30, 2019 67% 11
August 2018 Acquisition August 31, 2018 70% 4


*On November 30, 2021, the Company acquired an approximate 70% interest in a leading provider of industrial injury prevention services. In each case, the previous owners retained the remaining interest. The purchase price for the approximate 70% equity interest, not inclusive of a $2.0 million contingent payment, was approximately $63.2 million of which $60.7 million was paid in cash and $1.0 million in the form of a note payable. The note accrues interest at 3.25% per annum and the principal and interest is payable on November 30, 2023. As part of the transaction, the Company also agreed to the potential future purchase of a separate company under the same ownership that provides physical therapy and rehabilitation services to hospitals and other ancillary providers in a distinct market area. The business includes 6 management and services contracts which had a remaining term ofcurrent owners have the right to put this transaction to the Company in approximately five years, with such right having a $3.5 million value at December 31, 2021, as reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet in Other long-term liabilities. The value of this right will be adjusted in future periods, as appropriate, with any change in value reflected in the Company’s consolidated statement of income. The Company does not currently possess more than 50% of the date acquired.controlling interests in this separate company, does not control this company through contract or governance rights and currently does not exercise significant influence over this separate company. Due to the aforementioned reasons, and based on current accounting guidance, the Company did not consolidate the separate company through the variable interest or voting interest model.

**  

On September 30, 2021, the Company acquired a company that specializes in return-to-work and ergonomic services, among other offerings. The 4 clinicsCompany acquired the company’s assets at a purchase price of approximately $3.3 million (which includes the obligation to pay an amount up to $0.6 million in contingent payment consideration in conjunction with the acquisition if specified future operational objectives are met), and contributed those assets to Briotix Health. The initial purchase price, not inclusive of the $0.6 million contingent payment, was approximately $2.7 million, of which $2.4 million was paid in 4 separate partnerships.cash, and $0.3 million is in the form of a note payable. The Company'snote accrues interest at 3.25% per annum and the principal and interest is payable on September 30, 2023.



On June 30, 2021, the Company acquired a 65% interest in an 8-clinic physical therapy with the 4 partnerships range from 10.0% to 83.8%, with an overall 65.0%previous owners retaining 35%. The purchase price was approximately $10.3 million, of which $9.0 million was paid in cash, $1.0 million is payable based on the initialachievement of certain business criteria and $0.3 million is in the form of a note payable. The note accrues interest at 3.25% per annum and the principal and interest is payable on June 30, 2023. Additionally, the Company has an obligation to pay an additional amount up to $0.8 million in contingent payment consideration in conjunction with the acquisition if specified future operational objectives are met. The Company recorded acquisition-date fair value of this contingent liability based on the likelihood of the contingent earn-out payment. The earn-out payment will subsequently be remeasured to fair value each reporting date.


On March 31, 2021, the Company acquired a 70% interest in a 5-clinic physical therapy practice with the previous owners retaining 30%. When acquired, the practice was developing a sixth clinic which has been completed. The purchase transaction.price for the 70% interest was approximately $12.0 million, of which $11.7 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million in the form of a note payable. The note accrues interest at 3.25% per annum and the principal and interest is payable on March 31, 2023.



The purchase price for the 2021 acquisitions has been preliminarily allocated as follows (in thousands):

  IIPS*  Physical Therapy Operations  Total 
Cash paid, net of cash acquired
 $63,193  $23,630  $86,823 
Seller notes
  1,250   800   2,050 
Contingent payments  2,520   837   3,357 
Other payable
  0   1,000   1,000 
Seller put right
  3,522  

   3,522 
Total consideration $70,485  $26,267  $96,752 
             
Estimated fair value of net tangible assets acquired:            
Total current assets $5,589  $1,046  $6,635 
Total non-current assets  12,620   6,462   19,082 
Total liabilities  (4,842)  (6,832)  (11,674)
Net tangible assets acquired $13,367  $676  $14,043 
Customer and referral relationships  21,126   3,729   24,855 
Non-compete agreements
  500   574   1,074 
Tradenames  5,141   1,755   6,896 
Goodwill  58,257   31,489   89,746 
Fair value of non-controlling interest (classified as redeemable non-controlling interest)  (27,906)  (11,956)  (39,862)
  $70,485  $26,267  $96,752 


*Industrial injury prevention services


On November 30, 2020, the Company acquired a 75% interest in a 3-clinic physical therapy practice.practice with the previous owners retaining 25%. The purchase price for the 75% interest was $9.1$8.9 million (net of cash acquired), of which $8.8$8.6 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million in the form of a seller note payable that is payable in 2 principal installments totaling $162,500 each. The first principal payment plus accrued interest will bewas paid onin November 2021 with the second installment to be paid in November 2022.2022 totaling $162,500. The note accrues interest at 3.25% per annum.



On September 30, 2020, the Company acquired a 70% interest in an entity which holds 6-management contracts that have been in place for a number of years. Currently, these contracts have a five year term. The purchase price for the 70% interest was approximately $4.2 million, withof which $3.7 million payablewas paid in cash and $0.5 million in the form of two notes payable. One of the notes payable of $0.2 million is payable, with any accrued interest at 5% per annum, on September 30, 2021.  The remaining note of $0.3 million was paid in November 2020. The remaining note payable of $0.2 million was paid on September 30, 2021.


On February 27, 2020, the Company acquired interests in a 4-clinic physical therapy practice. The 4 clinics are operated in 4 separate partnerships. The Company’s interests in the 4 partnerships range from 10.0% to 83.8%, with an overall 65.0% based on the initial purchase transaction. The aggregate purchase price was $12.3$11.9 million, of which $11.9$11.6 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million in the form of a seller note.note payable. The note accrues interest at 4.75% per annum and the principal and interest is payablewas paid on February 2022.



The purchase price for the 2020 physical therapy operations acquisitions has been preliminarily allocated as follows (in thousands):

Cash paid, net of cash acquired ($500) $23,907 
Cash paid, net of cash acquired
 $23,912 
Seller note  1,121   1,121 
Total consideration $25,028  $25,033 
        
Estimated fair value of net tangible assets acquired:        
Total current assets $1,271  $1,049 
Total non-current assets  134   196 
Total liabilities  (555)  (562)
Net tangible assets acquired $850  $683 
Referral relationships  3,597   5,520 
Non-compete  1,012   500 
Tradename  2,326   1,890 
Goodwill  28,540   27,738 
Fair value of non-controlling interest (classified as redeemable non-controlling interests)  (11,297)
Fair value of non-controlling interest (classified as redeemable non-controlling interest)  (11,298)
 $25,028  $25,033 

60
54



On September 30, 2019, the Company acquired a 67% interest in an 11-clinic physical therapy practice. The purchase price for the 67% interest was $12.4 million ($12.6 million less cash acquired of $0.2 million), of which $12.3 million was paid in cash and $0.3 million in a seller note payable in 2 principal installments totaling $150,000 each, plus accrued interest. A payment of $150,000 plus accrued interest was paid in September 2020 and a second payment is dueof $150,000 was paid in September 2021. The note accrues interest at 5.0% per annum.


On April 11, 2019, the Company acquired a company that is a provider of industrial injury prevention services. The acquired company specializes in delivering injury prevention and care, post offer employment testing, functional capacity evaluations and return-to-work services. It performs these services across a network of 45 states including onsite at 11 client locations. The acquired business was then combined with Briotix Health, the Company’s industrial injury prevention services operation, increasing the Company’s ownership position in the Briotix Health partnership to approximately 76.0%. The purchase price for the acquired company was $22.9 million ($23.6 million less cash acquired of $0.7 million), which consisted of $18.9 million in cash, (of which $0.5 million will be paid to certain shareholders), and a $4.0 million seller note. The note accrues interest at 5.5% and the principal and accrued interest is payable,was paid on April 9, 2021.


The results of operations of the acquired clinics have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the date of their respective acquisition. The Company intends to continue to pursue additional acquisition opportunities, develop new clinics and open satellite clinics.


The purchase price for the 2019 acquisitions werewas allocated as follows (in thousands):

 IIPS*  Physical Therapy Operations  Total  IIPS*  Physical Therapy Operations  Total 
Cash paid, net of cash acquired ($890) $18,428  $12,170  $30,598 
Cash paid, net of cash acquired ($890)
 $18,428  $12,170  $30,598 
Payable to shareholders of seller  485   0   485   485   0   485 
Seller note  4,000   300   4,300   4,000   300   4,300 
Total consideration $22,913  $12,470  $35,383  $22,913  $12,470  $35,383 
                        
Estimated fair value of net tangible assets acquired:                        
Total current assets $1,641  $650  $2,291  $1,641  $650  $2,291 
Total non-current assets  848   394   1,242   848   394   1,242 
Total liabilities  (2,978)  (191)  (3,169)  (2,978)  (191)  (3,169)
Net tangible assets acquired $(489) $853  $364  $(489) $853  $364 
Referral relationships  3,400   2,600   6,000   3,400   2,600   6,000 
Non-compete  250   270   520   250   270   520 
Tradename  1,300   740   2,040   1,300   740   2,040 
Goodwill  18,452   14,237   32,689   18,452   14,237   32,689 
Fair value of non-controlling interest (classified as redeemable non-controlling interests)  0   (6,230)  (6,230)
Fair value of non-controlling interest (classified as redeemable non-controlling interest)  0   (6,230)  (6,230)
 $22,913  $12,470  $35,383  $22,913  $12,470  $35,383 

* Industrial injury prevention services


On August 31, 2018, the Company acquired a 70% interest in a 4-clinic physical therapy practice. The purchase price for the 70% interest was $7.3 million in cash and $0.4 million in a seller note that was payable in 2 principal installments totaling $200,000 each, plus accrued interest. The first installment was paid in cash in August 2019 and the second installment was paid in August 2020.


On April 30, 2018, the Company acquired a 65% interest in another business in the industrial injury prevention sector. The aggregate purchase price for the 65% interest was $8.6 million in cash and $400,000 in a seller note that was paid on April 30, 2019. On April 30, 2018, the Company combined its 2 businesses. After the combination, the Company owned a 59.45% interest in the combined business, Briotix Health. See discussion above regarding an additional acquisition on April 11, 2019 in the industrial injury prevention business.


In addition, during 2018, the Company, through several of its majority owned Clinic Partnerships, acquired 5 separate clinic practices. These practices operate as satellites of the existing Clinic Partnership. The aggregate purchase price was $1.0 million inclusive of cash of $850,000 and a note payable of $150,000. The note accrued interest at 4.5% and the principal and accrued interest, was paid in cash on August 31, 2019.

61


The purchase price for the 2018 acquisitions were allocated as follows (in thousands):

Cash paid, net of cash acquired ($372) $16,367 
Seller note  950 
Total consideration $17,317 
     
Estimated fair value of net tangible assets acquired:    
Total current assets $1,633 
Total non-current assets  305 
Total liabilities  (525)
Net tangible assets acquired $1,413 
Referral relationships  2,926 
Non-compete  298 
Tradename  990 
Goodwill  19,835 
Fair value of non-controlling interest (classified as redeemable non-controlling interests)  (8,145)
  $17,317 


The finalized purchase prices plus the fair value of the non-controlling interests for the acquisitions in 20192020 and 20182019 were allocated to the fair value of the assets acquired, inclusive of identifiable intangible assets, i.e. trade names, referral relationships and non-compete agreements, and liabilities assumed based on the fair values at the acquisition date, with the amount exceeding the fair values being recorded as goodwill. For some of the acquisitions in 2020,2021, the Company is in the process of completing its formal valuation analysis to identify and determine the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. Thus, the final allocation of the purchase price may differ from the preliminary estimates used at December 31, 20202021 based on additional information obtained and completion of the valuation of the identifiable intangible assets. Changes in the estimated valuation of the tangible assets acquired, the completion of the valuation of identifiable intangible assets and the completion by the Company of the identification of any unrecorded pre-acquisition contingencies, where the liability is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, will likely result in adjustments to goodwill. The Company does not expect the adjustments to be material.


For the acquisitions in 2020,2021, the values assigned to the customer and referral relationships and non-compete agreements are being amortized to expense equally over the respective estimated lives. For customer and referral relationships, the weighted-average amortization period is 11.013.8 years. For non-compete agreements, the weighted-average amortization period is 6.05.6 years. The values assigned to tradenames are tested annually for impairment.


For the acquisitions in 20192020 and 2018,2019, the values assigned to the referral relationships and non-compete agreements are being amortized to expense equally over the respective estimated lives. For referral relationships, the weighted average amortization period was 10.54 and 10.10 years at December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 2018,2019, respectively. For non-compete agreements, the weighted average amortization period was 6.00 years and 5.16 years at December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 2018,2019, respectively. Generally, the values assigned to tradenames are tested annually for impairment.


For the 2021, 2020 2019 and 20182019 acquisitions, total current assets primarily represent patient accounts receivable. Total non-current assets are fixed assets, primarily equipment, used in the practices.


The consideration paid for each of the acquisitions was derived through arm’s length negotiations. Funding for the cash portions was derived from proceeds from the Company’s revolving credit facility. The results of operations of the acquisitions have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since their respective date of acquisition. Unaudited proforma consolidated financial information for the acquisitions in 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018 acquisitions2019, have not been included as the results are immaterial individually and in the aggregate.

62
55



4. Acquisitions and Sale of Non-Controlling Interests


During 2021, the Company acquired additional interests in 5 partnerships which are included in non-controlling interest. The additional interests purchased in each of the partnerships ranged from 5% to 35%. The aggregated purchase price for these acquired interests was $1.3 million. The Company also sold an interest in a partnership for $0.1 million.



During 2020, the Company acquired additional interests in 5 partnerships which are included in non-controlling interest. The additional interests purchased in each of the partnerships ranged from 20% to 35%. The aggregated purchase price for these acquired interests was $0.3 million. The Company also sold an interest in a partnership for $0.1 million.


Also during 2020, the Company sold 14 previously closed clinics. The aggregate sales price was $1.1 million, of which $0.7 million was paid in cash and $0.4 million in a note receivable payable in 2 equal installments of principal and any accrued interestinterest. The first payment was received in June 2021 and the next payment is due on June 15, 20212022 and .2022.


During 2019, the Company acquired additional interests in 4 partnerships which are included in non-controlling interest. The additional interests purchased in each of the partnerships ranged from 1% to 20%. Also in 2019, the Company sold a 1% interest in a partnership. The net after-tax difference between the payments and the portion of undistributed earnings of $196,000 was credited to additional paid-in capital.

5. Redeemable Non-Controlling Interest


Therapy Practice Acquisitions


Since October 2017, when the Company acquires a majority interest (the “Acquisition”) in a physical therapy clinic businessTherapy Practice (referred to as “Therapy Practice”), these AcquisitionsTherapy Practice transactions occur in a series of steps which are described below.

1.Prior to the Acquisition, the Therapy Practice exists as a separate legal entity (the “Seller Entity”). The Seller Entity is owned by one or more individuals (the “Selling Shareholders”) most of whom are physical therapists that work in the Acquired Therapy Practice and provide physical therapy services to patients.

2.In conjunction with the Acquisition, the Seller Entity contributes the Acquired Therapy Practice into a newly-formed limited partnership (“NewCo”), in exchange for one hundred percent (100%) of the limited and general partnership interests in NewCo. Therefore, in this step, NewCo becomes a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Seller Entity.

3.
The Company enters into an agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) to acquire from the Seller Entity a majority (ranges from 50% to 90%) of the limited partnership interest and in all cases 100% of the general partnership interest in NewCo. The Company does not purchase 100% of the limited partnership interest because the Selling Shareholders, through the Seller Entity, want to maintain an ownership percentage. The consideration for the Acquisition is primarily payable in the form of cash at closing and a small two-year note in lieu of an escrow (the “Purchase Price”). The Purchase Agreement usually does not contain any future earn-out or other contingent consideration that is payable to the Seller Entity or the Selling Shareholders.

4.The Company and the Seller Entity also execute a partnership agreement (the “Partnership Agreement”) for NewCo that sets forth the rights and obligations of the limited and general partners of NewCo. After the Acquisition, the Company is the general partner of NewCo.

5.As noted above, the Company does not purchase 100% of the limited partnership interests in NewCo and the Seller Entity retains a portion of the limited partnership interest in NewCo (“Seller Entity Interest”).

6.
In most cases, some or all of the Selling Shareholders enter into an employment agreement (the “Employment Agreement”) with NewCo with an initial term that ranges from three to five years (the “Employment Term”), with automatic one-year renewals, unless employment is terminated prior to the end of the Employment Term. As a result, a Selling Shareholder becomes an employee (“Employed Selling Shareholder”) of NewCo. The employment of an Employed Selling Shareholder can be terminated by the Employed Selling Shareholder or NewCo, with or without cause, at any time. In a few situations, a Selling Shareholder does not become employed by NewCo and is not involved with NewCo following the closing; in those situations, such Selling Shareholders sell their entire ownership interest in the Seller Entity as of the closing of the Acquisition.

7.The compensation of each Employed Selling Shareholder is specified in the Employment Agreement and is customary and commensurate with his or her responsibilities based on other employees in similar capacities within NewCo, the Company and the industry.

8.The Company and the Selling Shareholder (including both Employed Selling Shareholders and Selling Shareholders not employed by NewCo) execute a non-compete agreement (the “Non-Compete Agreement”) which restricts the Selling Shareholder from engaging in competing businessTherapy Practice activities for a specified period of time (the “Non-Compete Term”). A Non-Compete Agreement is executed with the Selling Shareholders in all cases. That is, even if the Selling Shareholder does not become an Employed Selling Shareholder, the Selling Shareholder is restricted from engaging in a competing businessTherapy Practice during the Non-Compete Term.

56

9.
The Non-Compete Term commences as of the date of the Acquisition and expires on the later of:

a.Two years after the date an Employed Selling Shareholders’ employment is terminated (if the Selling Shareholder becomes an Employed Selling Shareholder) or

b.
Five to six years from the date of the Acquisition, as defined in the Non-Compete Agreement, regardless of whether the Selling Shareholder is employed by NewCo.

10.The Non-Compete Agreement applies to a restricted region which is defined as a 15-milemileage radius from the Acquired Therapy Practice. That is, an Employed Selling Shareholder is permitted to engage in competing businessesTherapy Practicees or activities outside the 15-mile radiusdesignated geography (after such Employed Selling Shareholder no longer is employed by NewCo) and a Selling Shareholder who is not employed by NewCo immediately is permitted to engage in the competing businessTherapy Practice or activities outside the 15-mile radius.designated geography.

63



The Partnership Agreement contains provisions for the redemption of the Seller Entity Interest, either at the option of the Company (the “Call Right”) or at the option of the Seller Entity (the “Put Right”) as follows:

1.Put Right

a.
In the event that any Selling Shareholder’s employment is terminated under certain circumstances prior to the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, the Seller Entity thereafter may have an irrevocable right to cause the Company to purchase from Seller Entity the Terminated Selling Shareholder’s Allocable Percentage of Seller Entity’s Interest at the purchase price described in “3” below.


b.
In the event that any Selling Shareholder is not employed by NewCo as of the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date and the Company has not exercised its Call Right with respect to the Terminated Selling Shareholder’s Allocable Percentage of Seller Entity’s Interest, Seller Entity thereafter shall havehas the Put Right to cause the Company to purchase from Seller Entity the Terminated Selling Shareholder’s Allocable Percentage of Seller Entity’s Interest at the purchase price described in “3” below.


c.In the event that any Selling Shareholder’s employment with NewCo is terminated for any reason on or after the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, the Seller Entity shall havehas the Put Right, and upon the exercise of the Put Right, the Terminated Selling Shareholder’s Allocable Percentage of Seller Entity’s Interest shall be redeemed by the Company at the purchase price described in “3” below.

2.Call Right

a.
If any Selling Shareholder’s employment by NewCo is terminated prior to the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, the Company thereafter shall havehas an irrevocable right to purchase from Seller Entity the Terminated Selling Shareholder’s Allocable Percentage of Seller Entity’s Interest, in each case at the purchase price described in “3” below.


b.In the event that any Selling Shareholder’s employment with NewCo is terminated for any reason on or after the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, the Company shall havehas the Call Right, and upon the exercise of the Call Right, the Terminated Selling Shareholder’s Allocable Percentage of Seller Entity’s Interest shall be redeemed by the Company at the purchase price described in “3” below.

3.For the Put Right and the Call Right, the purchase price is derived from a formula based on a specified multiple of NewCo’s trailing twelve months of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and the Company’s internal management fee, plus an Allocable Percentage of any undistributed earnings of NewCo (the “Redemption Amount”). NewCo’s earnings are distributed monthly based on available cash within NewCo; therefore, the undistributed earnings amount is small, if any.

4.The Purchase Price for the initial equity interest purchased by the Company is also based on the same specified multiple of the trailing twelve-month earnings that is used in the Put Right and the Call Right noted above.

5.The Put Right and the Call Right do not have an expiration date, but the Seller Entity Interest is not required to be purchased by the Company or sold by the Seller Entity.date.

6.The Put Right and the Call Right never apply to Selling Shareholders who do not become employed by NewCo, since the Company requires that such Selling Shareholders sell their entire ownership interest in the Seller Entity at the closing of the Acquisition.


An Employed Selling Shareholder’s ownership of his or her equity interest in the Seller Entity predates the Acquisition and the Company’s purchase of its partnership interest in NewCo. The Employment Agreement and the Non-Compete Agreement do not contain any provision to escrow or “claw back” the equity interest in the Seller Entity held by such Employed Selling Shareholder, nor the Seller Entity Interest in NewCo, in the event of a breach of the employment or non-compete terms. More specifically, even if the Employed Selling Shareholder is terminated for “cause” by NewCo, such Employed Selling Shareholder does not forfeit his or her right to his or her full equity interest in the Seller Entity and the Seller Entity does not forfeit its right to any portion of the Seller Entity Interest. The Company’s only recourse against the Employed Selling Shareholder for breach of either the Employment Agreement or the Non-Compete Agreement is to seek damages and other legal remedies under such agreements. There are no conditions in any of the arrangements with an Employed Selling Shareholder that would result in a forfeiture of the equity interest held in the Seller Entity or of the Seller Entity Interest.


64
57

Table of Contents

ProgressiveHealth Acquisition


On November 30, 2021, the Company acquired a majority interest in ProgressiveHealth Companies, LLC (“Progressive”), which owns a majority interest in certain subsidiaries (“Progressive Subsidiaries”) that operate in the industrial injury prevention and therapy services businesses.  The Progressive transaction was completed in a series of steps which are described below.


1.Prior to the acquisition, the Progressive Subsidiaries were owned by a legal entity (“Progressive Parent”) controlled by its individual owners (the “Selling Shareholders”), who work in and manage the Progressive business.



2.In conjunction with the acquisition, the Selling Shareholders caused the Progressive Parent to transfer its ownership of the Progressive Subsidiaries into a newly-formed limited liability company (“NewCo”), in exchange for one hundred percent (100%) of the membership interests in NewCo. Therefore, in this step, NewCo became wholly-owned by the Selling Shareholders.


3.The Company entered into an agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) to acquire from the Selling Shareholders a majority of the membership interest in NewCo. The consideration for the acquisition is primarily payable in the form of cash at closing, a relatively small portion paid in cash after the closing contingent on certain performance criteria, and a small note in lieu of an escrow (the “Purchase Price”).



4.The Company and the Selling Shareholders also executed an operating agreement (the “Operating Agreement”) for NewCo that sets forth the rights and obligations of the members of NewCo.



5.As noted above, the Company did not purchase 100% of the membership interests in NewCo and the Selling Shareholders retained a portion of the membership interest in NewCo (“Selling Shareholders’ Interest”).



6.The Company and the Selling Shareholders executed a non-compete agreement (the “Non-Compete Agreement”) which restricts the Selling Shareholders from competing for a specified period of time (the “Non-Compete Term”).



7.
The Non-Compete Term commences as of the date of the Acquisition and expires on the later of:



a.Two years after the date a Selling Shareholder no longer is involved in the management of NewCo or



b.Seven years from the date of the acquisition.



8.The Non-Compete Agreement applies to the entire United States.


9.The Put Right and the Call Right do not have an expiration date.


The Operating Agreement contains provisions for the redemption of the Selling Shareholder’s Interest, either at the option of the Company (the “Call Right”) or at the option of the Selling Shareholder (the “Put Right”) as follows:

1.Put Right


a.Each of the Selling Shareholders has the right to sell 30% of their respective residual interests on each of the 4th and 5th anniversaries of the acquisition closing, and then 10% on each of the 6th and 7th anniversaries.


b.In the event that any Selling Shareholder terminates his management relationship with NewCo for any reason on or after the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date, the Selling Shareholder has the Put Right, and upon the exercise of the Put Right, the Selling Shareholder’s Interest shall be redeemed by the Company at the purchase price described in “3” below.


2.Call Right


a.If any Selling Shareholder’s ceases to perform management services on behalf of NewCo, the Company thereafter shall have an irrevocable right to purchase from such Selling Shareholder his Interest, in each case at the purchase price described in “3” below.


3.For the Put Right and the Call Right, the purchase price is derived from a formula based on a specified multiple of NewCo’s trailing twelve months of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and the Company’s internal management fee, plus an Allocable Percentage of any undistributed earnings of NewCo (the “Redemption Amount”). NewCo’s earnings are distributed monthly based on available cash within NewCo; therefore, the undistributed earnings amount is small, if any.

58


4.The Purchase Price for the initial equity interest purchased by the Company is also based on the same specified multiple of the trailing twelve-month earnings that is used in the Put Right and the Call Right noted above.


5.The Put Right and the Call Right do not have an expiration date.


Neither the Operating Agreement nor the Non-Compete Agreement contain any provision to escrow or “claw back” the equity interest in NewCo held by the Selling Shareholders, in the event of a breach of the operating agreement or non-compete terms, or the management services agreement pursuant to which the Selling Shareholders perform services on behalf of NewCo. The Company’s only recourse against the Selling Shareholder for breach of any of these agreements is to seek damages and other legal remedies under such agreements. There are no conditions in any of the arrangements with a Selling Shareholder that would result in a forfeiture of the equity interest in NewCo held by a Selling Shareholder.



An Employed Selling Shareholder’s ownership of his or her equity interest in the Seller Entity predates the Acquisition and the Company’s purchase of its partnership interest in NewCo. The Employment Agreement and the Non-Compete Agreement do not contain any provision to escrow or “claw back” the equity interest in the Seller Entity held by such Employed Selling Shareholder, nor the Seller Entity Interest in NewCo, in the event of a breach of the employment or non-compete terms. More specifically, even if the Employed Selling Shareholder is terminated for “cause” by NewCo, such Employed Selling Shareholder does not forfeit his or her right to his or her full equity interest in the Seller Entity and the Seller Entity does not forfeit its right to any portion of the Seller Entity Interest. The Company’s only recourse against the Employed Selling Shareholder for breach of either the Employment Agreement or the Non-Compete Agreement is to seek damages and other legal remedies under such agreements. There are no conditions in any of the arrangements with an Employed Selling Shareholder that would result in a forfeiture of the equity interest held in the Seller Entity or of the Seller Entity Interest.


For the yearyears ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018,2019, the following table details the changes in the carrying amount (fair value) of the redeemable non-controlling interests (in thousands):

 Year Ended 
 Year Ended  December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020  
December 31, 2019
 
 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018             
Beginning balance $137,750  $133,943  $102,572  $132,340  $137,750  $133,943 
Operating results allocated to redeemable non-controlling interest partners  11,175   10,659   8,433   11,358   11,175   10,659 
Distributions to redeemable non-controlling interest partners  (12,403)  (10,221)  (9,835)  (11,359)  (12,403)  (10,221)
Changes in the fair value of redeemable non-controlling interest  4,632   11,893   24,770   13,011   4,632   11,893 
Purchases of redeemable non-controlling interest  (20,521)  (8,934)  8,145   (30,204)  (20,521)  (8,934)
Acquired interest  11,297   6,230   0   39,862   11,297   6,230 
Reduction of non-controlling interest due to sale of USPH partnership interest  0   (6,132)  0       0   (6,132)
Sales of redeemable non-controlling interest - temporary equity  1,133   3,120   0   982   1,133   3,120 
Notes receivable related to sales of redeemable non-controlling interest - temporary equity  (1,006)  (2,870)  (142)  (914)  (1,006)  (2,870)
Adjustments in notes receivable related to the the sales of redeemable non-controlling interest - temporary equity  283   0   0   186   283   0 
Other  0   62   0   0   0   62 
Ending balance $132,340  $137,750  $133,943  $155,262  $132,340  $137,750 


The following table categorizes the carrying amount (fair value) of the redeemable non-controlling interests (in thousands):

 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018 
Contractual time period has lapsed but holder's employment has not been terminated $62,390  $51,921  $42,624 
Contractual time period has not lapsed and holder's employment has not been terminated  69,950   85,829   91,319 
Holder's employment has terminated and contractual time period has expired  0   0   0 
Holder's employment has terminated and contractual time period has not expired  0   0   0 
  $132,340  $137,750  $133,943 
 December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020  
December 31, 2019
 
             
Contractual time period has lapsed but holder's employment has not terminated $80,781  $62,390  $51,921 
Contractual time period has not lapsed and holder's employment has not terminated  74,481   69,950   85,829 
Holder's employment has terminated and contractual time period has expired  0   0   0 
Holder's employment has terminated and contractual time period has not expired  0   0   0 
  $155,262  $132,340  $137,750 

65
59

Table of Contents

6. Goodwill


The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill as of December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
Year Ended
December 31, 2020
  
Year Ended
December 31, 2019
  
Year Ended
December 31, 2021
  
Year Ended
December 31, 2020
 
            
Beginning balance $317,676  $293,525  $345,646  $317,676 
Goodwill acquired  28,540   31,330   89,746   28,540 
Goodwill related to partnership interest sold  0   (7,325)
Goodwill derecognition (write-off) related to closed clinics  (1,859)  0   0   (1,859)
Goodwill adjustments for purchase price allocation of businesses acquired in prior year  1,289   146   (713)  1,289 
Ending balance $345,646  $317,676  $434,679  $345,646 


During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company derecognized (wrote off) goodwill in the amount of $1.9 million related to closed clinics due to COVID-19.

7. Intangible Assets, net


Intangible assets, net as of December 31, 2020, 20192021, and 20182020 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Tradenames $32,317  $32,049 
Referral relationships, net of accumulated amortization of $14,522 and $11,677, respectively  22,119   18,367 
Non-compete agreements, net of accumulated amortization of $5,993 and $5,424, respectively  1,844   2,172 
  $56,280  $52,588 
 December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020 
Tradenames $38,790  $32,317 
Customer and referral relationships, net of accumulated amortization of $17,762 and $14,522, respectively
  45,643   22,119 
Non-compete agreements, net of accumulated amortization of $6,450 and $5,993, respectively
  1,949   1,844 
  $86,382  $56,280 


Tradenames, customer and referral relationships and non-compete agreements are related to the businesses acquired. The value assigned to tradenames has an indefinite life and is tested at least annually for impairment using the relief from royalty method in conjunction with the Company’s annual goodwill impairment test. The value assigned to customer and referral relationships is being amortized over their respective estimated useful lives which range from 6 to 16 years. Non-compete agreements are amortized over the respective term of the agreements which range from 5 to 6 years.


The following table details the amount of amortization expense recorded for intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 20182019 (in thousands):

 
Year Ended
December 31, 2020
  
Year Ended
December 31, 2019
  
Year Ended
December 31, 2018
  December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Referral relationships $2,845  $2,307  $2,161 
Customer and referral relationships $3,240  $2,845  $2,307 
Non-compete agreements  569   708   616   458   569   708 
 $3,414  $3,015  $2,777  $3,698  $3,414  $3,015 


For 1 acquisition, the value assigned to tradename was being amortized over the term of the six year agreement in which the Company had acquired the right to use the specific tradename.


The remaining balances of the customer and referral relationships and non-compete agreements isare expected to be amortized as follows (in thousands):

Referral Relationships Non-Compete Agreements 
Years Annual Amount Years Annual Amount 
Ending December 31,   Ending December 31,   
2021$2,946 2021$556 
2022$2,886 2022$403 
2023$2,778 2023$335 
2024$2,615 2024$279 
2025$2,470 2025$212 
Thereafter$8,424 Thereafter$59 

Customer and Referral Relationships Non-Compete Agreements 
Years Annual Amount Years Annual Amount 
Ending December 31,   Ending December 31,   
2022$4,798 2022$512 
2023$4,691 2023$443 
2024$4,526 2024$387 
2025$4,382 2025$322 
2026$3,914 2026$236 
Thereafter$23,332 Thereafter$49 

66
60


8. Accrued Expenses


Accrued expenses as of December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020 
Salaries and related costs $24,646  $19,340  $23,569  $24,646 
Credit balances due to patients and payors  5,756   4,303   6,649   5,756 
Group health insurance claims  2,113   2,277   1,984   2,113 
Closure costs  1,333   116   498   1,333 
Federal income taxes payable  5,715   0 
Federal taxes payable  2,716   9,885 
MAAPP funds payable  14,054   0   0   14,054 
Deferred employer payroll taxes - CARES ACT  4,170   0 
Contingent payment related to acquisition  1,000   0 
Settlement of a legal matter
  2,750   0 
Other  1,959   4,819   6,539   1,959 
Total $59,746  $30,855  $45,705  $59,746 


Federal taxes payable includes $4.2 million related to deferred employer payroll taxes pursuant to the CARES ACT offset by a federal income tax receivable of $1.5 million.

9. Notes Payable


Notes payable as of December 31, 20202021, and 20192020 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020 
Credit Agreement average effective interest rate of 2.6% and 3.9% in 2020 and 2019, respectively (inclusive of unused fee) $16,000  $46,000 
Various notes payable with $4,899 plus accrued interest due in the next year, interest accrues in the range of 3.25% through 5.50% per annum  5,495   5,089 
Credit Agreement average effective interest rate of 2.1% for December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, (inclusive of unused fee)
 $114,000  $16,000 
Various notes payable with $830 plus accrued interest due in the next year, interest accrues in the range of 3.25% through 4.75% per annum
  4,417   5,495 
 $21,495  $51,089  $118,417  $21,495 
Less current portion  (4,899)  (728)  (830)  (4,899)
Long term portion $16,596  $50,361  $117,587  $16,596 


Effective December 5, 2013, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with a commitment for a $125.0 million revolving credit facility. This agreement was amended and/or restated in August 2015, January 2016, March 2017, November 2017, January 2021, and November 2017 and January 2021 (hereafter is referred to as “Amended Credit Agreement”). In November 2021, the Company exercised the accordion feature in the Amended Credit Agreement to increase the limit on the facility from $125.0 million to $150.0 million, with an updated accordion feature providing for additional capacity of $25.0 million, therefore increasing the availability up to $175.0 million.


The Amended Credit Agreement is unsecured and has loan covenants, including requirements that the Companywe comply with a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio and consolidated leverage ratio. Proceeds from the Amended Credit Agreement may be used for working capital, acquisitions, purchases of the Company’sour common stock, dividend payments to the Company’sour common stockholders, capital expenditures and other corporate purposes. The pricing grid which is based on the Company’sour consolidated leverage ratio with the applicable spread over LIBOR ranging from 1.25% to 2.0% or the applicable spread over the Base Rate ranging from 0.1% to 1%. Fees under the Amended Credit Agreement include an unused commitment fee of 0.3% of the amount of funds outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement.


The 2021 amendment to the Amended Credit Agreement allows thefor cash and noncash consideration that the Company could pay with respect tofor acquisitions permitted under the Amended Credit Agreement of up to $50,000,000$50,000,000 for any fiscal year, and the amount the Company may payallows for payments in cash dividends to its shareholders in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000,000$50,000,000 in any fiscal year. The commitment remains at $125 million, however the accordion feature in the agreement was expanded to provide for capacity up to $150 million, and has a maturity date of November 30, 2025.  The Amended Credit Agreement is unsecured and includes certain financial covenants which include a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio and a consolidated leverage ratio, as defined in the agreement.



On December 31, 2020, $16.02021, $114.0 million was outstanding on the Amended Credit Agreement resulting in $109.0$61.0 million of availability. As of December 31, 2020,2021, the Company was in compliance with all of the covenants thereunder.


The Company generally enters into various notes payable as a means of financing a portion of its acquisitions and purchasing of non-controlling interests. In conjunction with these transactions in 2020,2021, the Company entered into notes payable in the aggregate amount of $1.4$4.4 million of which an aggregate principal payment of $0.5$0.8 million was due in 2021 and $3.6 million is due in 2021 and $0.6 million is due in 2022. Interest accrues in the range of 3.25% to 5.50%4.75% per annum and is payable with each principal installment. The balance of the various notes payable entered into prior to 20202021 was $4.4$3.6 million which will be paid in 2021.
2022 and 2023.

67
61



10. Leases


The Company has operating leases for its corporate offices and operating facilities. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at the inception of a contract. Effective January 1, 2019, right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities are included in the consolidated balance sheet. Right-of-use assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset during the lease term and operating lease liabilities represent net present value of the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the net present value of the fixed lease payments over the lease term. The Company’s operating lease terms are generally five years or less. The Company’s lease terms include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the option will be exercised. As most of the Company’s operating leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. Operating fixed lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.


In accordance with ASC 842, the Company records on its consolidated balance sheet leases with a term greater than 12 months. The Company has elected, in compliance with current accounting standards, not to record leases with an initial term of 12 months or less in the consolidated balance sheet. ASC 842 requires the separation of the fixed lease components from the variable lease components. The Company has elected the practical expedient to account for separate lease components of a contract as a single lease cost thus causing all fixed payments to be capitalized. Non-lease and variable cost components are not included in the measurement of the right-of-use assets or operating lease liabilities. The Company also elected the package of practical expedients permitted within ASC 842, which among other things, allows the Company to carry forward historical lease classification. Variable lease payment amounts that cannot be determined at the commencement of the lease such as increases in lease payments based on changes in index rates or usage are not included in the right-of-use assets or operating lease liabilities. These are expensed as incurred and recorded as variable lease expense.


For the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, the components of lease expense were as follows (in thousands):

 Year Ended December 31,  Year Ended December 31, 
 2020  2019  2021  2020 
Operating lease cost $30,710  $30,225  $32,021  $30,710 
Short-term lease cost  1,454   1,212   1,160   1,454 
Variable lease cost  5,752   6,074   7,057   5,752 
Total lease cost*
 $37,916  $37,511  $40,238  $37,916 

*Sublease income was immaterial


Lease costs are reflected in the consolidated statements of net income in the line item – item—rent, supplies, contract labor and other.


For the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows (in thousands):

 Year Ended December 31,  Year Ended December 31, 
 2020  2019  2021  2020 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities (in thousands) $30,307  $30,077  $33,192  $30,307 
                
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities (in thousands)*
 $32,710  $113,222 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities (in thousands) $46,088  $32,710 

*Includes the right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities for the year 2019 - $82.6 million which were recognized upon adoption of ASC Topic 842 at January 1, 2019.


The aggregate future lease payments for operating leases as of December 31, 20202021 were as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Amount  Amount 
2021 $29,819 
2022  23,861  $32,945 
2023  17,787   27,467 
2024  11,487   20,876 
2025 and therafter  12,294 
2025  14,000 
2026
  8,492 
2027 and therafter  7,055 
Total lease payments $95,248  $110,835 
Less: imputed interest  5,751   6,175 
Total operating lease liabilities $89,497  $104,660 


68
62


Average lease terms and discount rates were as follows:

 Year Ended December 31, 
  2020  2019 
Weighted-average remaining lease term - Operating leases 4.05 Years  4.05 Years 
       
Weighted-average discount rate - Operating leases  3.1%  3.9%
 Year Ended December 31, 
  2021  2020 
Weighted-average remaining lease term - Operating leases 4.17 Years  
4.05 Years
 
       
Weighted-average discount rate - Operating leases  2.77%  3.1%

11. Income Taxes


Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities included in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 were as follows (in thousands):

 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
       December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020 
Deferred tax assets:            
Compensation $1,865  $1,964  $2,817  $1,865 
Allowance for credit losses  396   514   573   396 
Acquired net operating losses  558   840   0   558 
Lease obligations - including closed clinics  23,819   21,445   26,856   23,819 
Deferred tax assets $26,638  $24,763  $30,246  $26,638 
Deferred tax liabilities:                
Depreciation and amortization $(12,650) $(13,195) $(19,607) $(12,650)
Operating lease right-of-use assets  (21,419)  (21,416)  (24,637)  (21,419)
Other  (348)  (223)  (387)  (348)
Deferred tax liabilities  (34,417)  (34,834)  (44,631)  (34,417)
Net deferred tax liability $(7,779) $(10,071) $(14,385) $(7,779)


The deferred tax assets and liabilities related to purchased interests not yet finalized may result in an immaterial adjustment.


During 2020,2021, the Company recorded net deferred tax assets of $1.2$0.8 million related to the revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interests and acquisitions of non-controlling interests. In addition, during 2020,2021, the Company recorded an adjustment to the deferred tax assets of $1.4$3.0 million as a result of a detailed reconciliation of its federal and state taxes payable and receivable accounts along with its federal and state deferred tax asset and liability accounts with its federal and state tax returns for 2019.2020. The offset of this adjustment was a decrease to the previously reported state income tax receivable and a decrease to the federal income tax receivable.payable. As of December 31, 2020,2021, the Company has a federal income tax payable of $5.7$2.7 million and state tax receivables of $0.7$0.6 million. The federal income tax payable is included in accrued liabilities and the tax receivable is included in other current assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.


The differences between the federal tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 20182019 were as follows (in thousands):

  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018  December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
U. S. tax at statutory rate $10,125 21.0% $11,274 21.0% $9,710 21.0%  $11,782   21.0% $10,125   21.0% $11,274   21.0%
State income taxes, net of federal benefit  1,956 3.9%  2,059 3.8%  1,722 3.7%   2,478   4.4%  1,956   3.9%  2,059   3.8%
Excess equity compensation deduction  (99) 0.0%  (871) -1.6 %  (806) -1.7 %   (246)  -0.4%  (99)  0.0%%  (871)  -1.6%
Non-deductible expenses  1,040 2.1%  1,185 2.2%  743 1.6%   1,258   2.2%  1,040   2.1%  1,185   2.2%
 $13,022 27.0% $13,647 25.4% $11,369 24.6%  $15,272   27.2% $13,022   27.0% $13,647   25.4%


69


Significant components of the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 20182019 were as follows (in thousands):

 
December 31, 2020
  
December 31, 2019
  
December 31, 2018
  
December 31, 2021
  
December 31, 2020
  
December 31, 2019
 
Current:                  
Federal $10,506  $6,523  $5,357  $7,477  $10,506  $6,523 
State  2,774   2,473   1,199   2,107   2,774   2,473 
Total current  13,280   8,996   6,556   9,584   13,280   8,996 
Deferred:                        
Federal  (38)  3,730   3,771   4,866   (38)  3,730 
State  (220)  921   1,042   822   (220)  921 
Total deferred  (258)  4,651   4,813   5,688   (258)  4,651 
Total income tax provision $13,022  $13,647  $11,369  $15,272  $13,022  $13,647 

63


For 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018,2019, the Company performed a detailed reconciliation of its federal and state taxes payable and receivable accounts along with its federal and state deferred tax asset and liability accounts. The adjustments were immaterial. The Company considers this reconciliation process to be an annual control.


The Company is required to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income in the periods which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes that a valuation allowance is not required, as it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets.


The Company’s U.S. federal returns remain open to examination for 20172018 through 20192020 and U.S. state jurisdictions are open for periods ranging from 20162017 through 20192020.


The Company does not believe that it has any significant uncertain tax positions at December 31, 20202021 and December 31, 2019,2020, nor is this expected to change within the next twelve months due to the settlement and expiration of statutes of limitation.


The Company did 0t have any accrued interest or penalties associated with any unrecognized tax benefits nor was any interest expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018.
2019.

12. Segment Information


The Company’s reportable segments include the physical therapy operations segment and the industrial injury prevention services segment. Also included in the physical therapy operations segment are revenues from management contract services and other services which include services the Company provides on-site, such as schools for athletic trainers.


The Company evaluates performance of the segments based on gross profit. The Company has provided additional information regarding its reportable segments which contributes to the understanding of the Company and provides useful information.

70


The following table summarizes selected financial data for the Company’s reportable segments. Prior year results presented herein have been changed to conform to the current presentation.

 December 31,  December 31,  December 31,   Year Ended December 31,
 
 2020  2019  2018  2021  2020  2019 
 (in thousands)     (in thousands)  
     
 
Net operating revenues:         
Net operating revenue:         
Physical therapy operations $383,770  $444,507  $428,445  $451,122  $383,770  $444,507 
Industrial injury prevention services  39,199   37,462   25,466   43,900   39,199   37,462 
Total Company $422,969  $481,969  $453,911  $495,022  $422,969  $481,969 
                        
Gross profit:                        
Physical therapy operations (excluding closure costs) $88,295  $104,120  $96,463 
Physical therapy operations (excluding closure costs) (a non-GAAP measure)
 $106,518  $88,295  $104,120 
Industrial injury prevention services  10,086   8,379   5,192   10,694   10,086   8,379 
 $98,381  $112,499  $101,655  $117,212  $98,381  $112,499 
Physical therapy operations - closure costs  3,931   25   (8)  30   3,931   25 
Gross profit $94,450  $112,474  $101,663  $117,182  $94,450  $112,474 
                        
Total Assets:                        
Physical therapy operations $550,181  $518,027  $421,474  $587,801  $499,911  $518,027 
Industrial injury prevention services  44,180   42,818   21,692   161,625   94,450   112,474 
Total Company $594,361  $560,845  $443,166  $749,426  $594,361  $630,501 

13. Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliate


Through one of the subsidiaries, the Company has a 49% joint venture interest in a company which provides physical therapy services for patients at hospitals. Since the Company is deemed to not have a controlling interest in the company, the Company’s investment is accounted for using the equity method of accounting. The investment balance of this joint venture as of December 31, 2021, is $12.2 million, of which $12.3 million related to the fair value on the date of acquisition. The $12.2 million includes earnings of $112 thousand less a distribution received of $153 thousand.

14. Equity Based Plans


The Company has the following equity basedequity-based plans with outstanding equity grants:


The Amended and Restated 1999 Employee Stock Option Plan (the “Amended 1999 Plan”) permits the Company to grant to non-employee directors and employees of the Company up to 600,000 non-qualified options to purchase shares of common stock and restricted stock (subject to proportionate adjustments in the event of stock dividends, splits, and similar corporate transactions). The exercise prices of options granted under the Amended 1999 Plan are determined by the Compensation Committee. The period within which each option will be exercisable is determined by the Compensation Committee. The Amended 1999 Plan was approved by the shareholders of the Company at the 2008 Shareholders Meeting on May 20, 2008.


The Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Option Plan (the “Amended 2003 Plan”) permits the Company to grant to key employees and outside directors of the Company incentive and non-qualified options and shares of restricted stock covering up to 2,100,000 shares of common stock (subject to proportionate adjustments in the event of stock dividends, splits, and similar corporate transactions). The material terms of the Amended 2003 Plan was reapproved by the shareholders of the Company at the 2015 Shareholders Meeting on May 19, 2015 and an increase in the number of shares authorized for issuance from 1,750,000 to 2,100,000 was approved at the 2016 Shareholders Meeting on March 17, 2016.


A cumulative summary of equity plans as of December 31, 20202021 follows:

 Authorized  
Restricted
Stock Issued
  
Outstanding
Stock Options
  
Stock Options
Exercised
  
Stock Options
Exercisable
  
Shares Available
for Grant
  Authorized  
Restricted
Stock Issued
  
Outstanding
Stock Options
  
Stock Options
Exercised
  
Stock Options
Exercisable
  
Shares Available
for Grant
 
Equity Plans                                    
Amended 1999 Plan  600,000   416,402   0   139,791   0   7,775   600,000   416,402   0   139,791   0   7,775 
Amended 2003 Plan  2,100,000   1,106,977   0   778,300   0   224,760   2,100,000   1,166,855   0   778,300   0   164,882 
  2,700,000   1,523,379   0   918,091   0   232,535   2,700,000   1,583,257   0   918,091   0   172,657 


71


During 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018,2019, the Company granted the following shares of restricted stock to directors, officers and employees pursuant to its equity plans as follows:

Year Granted Number of Shares 
Weighted Average Fair
Value Per Share
  Number of Shares 
Weighted Average Fair
Value Per Share
 
2021 60,317 $131.29 
2020 86,982 $104.69  86,982 $104.69 
2019 91,682 $104.85  91,682 $104.85 
2018 93,801 $78.63 


During 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018,2019, the following shares were cancelled due to employee terminations prior to restrictions lapsing:

Year Cancelled Number of Shares 
Weighted Average Fair
Value Per Share
  Number of Shares 
Weighted Average Fair
Value Per Share
 
2021 439 $113.80 
2020 10,037 $102.52  10,037 $102.52 
2019 1,578 $87.88  1,578 $87.88 
2018 3,867 $59.51 


Generally, restrictions on the stock granted to employees lapse in equal annual installments on the following four anniversaries of the date of grant. For those shares granted to directors, the restrictions will lapse in equal quarterly installments during the first year after the date of grant. For those granted to officers, the restriction will lapse in equal quarterly installments during the four years following the date of grant.


There were 127,562102,682 and 150,771127,562 shares outstanding as of December 31, 20202021 and December 31, 20192020, respectively, for which restrictions had not lapsed. The restrictions will lapse in 20212022 through 2024.2025.


Compensation expense for grants of restricted stock is recognized based on the fair value on the date of grant. Compensation expense for restricted stock grants was $7.8 million, $7.9 million, $5.9 million, and $5.0$7.0 million, respectively, for 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018.2019. As of December 31, 2020,2021, the remaining $8.8$8.9 million of compensation expense will be recognized from 20212022 through 2024.
2025.

14.65

Table of Contents
15. Preferred Stock


The Board is empowered, without approval of the shareholders, to cause shares of preferred stock to be issued in one or more series and to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series and the rights, powers, preferences and limitations of each series. There are no provisions in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation specifying the vote required by the holders of preferred stock to take action. All such provisions would be set out in the designation of any series of preferred stock established by the Board. The bylaws of the Company specify that, when a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall decide any question brought before the meeting, unless a different vote is required by law or the Company’s Articles of Incorporation.


Because the Board has the power to establish the preferences and rights of each series, it may afford the holders of any series of preferred stock, preferences, powers, and rights, voting or otherwise, senior to the right of holders of common stock. The issuance of the preferred stock could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company.

15.16. Common Stock


From September 2001 through December 31, 2008, the Board authorized the Company to purchase, in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, up to 2,250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. In March 2009, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to 10% or approximately 1,200,000 shares of its common stock (“March 2009 Authorization”). The Amended Credit Agreement permits share repurchases of up to $15,000,000, subject to compliance with covenants. The Company is required to retire shares purchased under the March 2009 Authorization.


Under the March 2009 Authorization, the Company has purchased a total of 859,499 shares. There is 0no expiration date for the share repurchase program. There are currently an additional estimated 124,740156,986 shares (based on the closing price of $120.25$95.55 on December 31, 2020,2021, the last business day in 2020)2021) that may be purchased from time to time in the open market or private transactions depending on price, availability and the Company’s cash position. The Company did not0t purchase any shares of its common stock during 20202021 or 2019.
2020.

72


16.17. Defined Contribution Plan


The Company has several 401(k) profit sharing plans covering all employees with three months of service. For certain plans, the Company makes matching contributions. The Company may also make discretionary contributions of up to 50% of employee contributions. The Company did 0t make any discretionary contributions for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018.2019. The Company matching contributions totaled $1.9 million, $2.0$1.9 million and $1.8$2.0 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018.
2019.

17.18. Commitments and Contingencies


We may be subject to litigation in the ordinary course of business.

Employment Agreements



At December 31, 2020,2021, the Company had outstanding employment agreements with 4 of its executive officers, one of whom (Mr. McDowell) has provided notice of a planned retirement in August 2021.officers. The three remaining agreements have terms that expire December 31, 2021, February 28, 2022 and November 8, 2022, respectively;July 1, 2023, December 31, 2023, and February 28, 2024; however, each of these agreements provide for an automatic two yeartwo-year renewal at the conclusion of the expiring term or renewal term. All of the agreements contain a provision for annual adjustment of salaries.


In addition, the Company has outstanding employment agreements with most of the managing physical therapist partners of the Company’s physical therapy clinics and with certain other clinic employees which obligate subsidiaries of the Company to pay compensation of $37.1$52.8 million in 20212022 and $6.1$8.4 million in the aggregate from 20222023 through 2024. In addition, many of the employment agreements with the managing physical therapists provide for monthly bonus payments calculated as a percentage of each clinic’s net revenues (not in excess of operating profits) or operating profits.
Litigation

18.Settlement of  a Legal Matter


On August 19, 2019, we received notice of a qui tam lawsuit (“the Complaint”) filed by a relator on behalf of the United States, titled U.S. ex rel. Bonnie Elsdon, v. U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc., U.S. Physical Therapy, Ltd., Rehab Partners #2, Inc., The Hale Hand Center, Limited Partnership (the “Hale Partnership”), and Suzanne Hale.   This whistleblower lawsuit was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Texas, seeking damages and civil penalties under the federal False Claim Act.  This lawsuit was originally filed under seal by a former employee of The Hale Hand Center, Limited Partnership (“Hale Partnership”), a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, on May 25, 2018.  The U.S Government declined to intervene in the case and unsealed the Complaint on July 17, 2019.

66


The Complaint alleged that the Hale Partnership engaged in conduct to purposely “upcode” its billings for services provided to Medicare patients. The plaintiff - relator also claimed that similar false claims occurred on other days and at other Company-owned partnerships.


On October 3, 2019, we filed Motions to Dismiss based on numerous grounds on behalf of each of the named defendants. On October 29, 2019, the plaintiff-relator dismissed 3 of the named defendants, Rehab Partners #2, Inc., U.S. Physical Therapy, Ltd., and Suzanne Hale. The Motions to Dismiss were denied on November 30, 2020.


In January 2022, to avoid the legal fees and discovery costs in defending this matter and the uncertainty of protracted litigation, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the plaintiff-relator. In the settlement agreement, the plaintiff-relator released all defendants from liability for all conduct alleged in the Complaint, and the Company admitted no liability or wrongdoing.  In connection with the settlement, the Office of the United States Attorney for the Southern District of Texas agreed to a dismissal of the claims against the Hale Partnership and the Company. Under the terms of the settlement, the Company agreed to make payments to the government, the plaintiff-relator and her counsel. Such payments, in the aggregate, amounted to $2.75 million of which $2.6 million was recorded as an expense in 2021

19. Earnings Per Share


The computations of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 20182019 are as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 Year Ended  Year Ended 
 December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019  December 31, 2018  December 31, 2021  December 31, 2020  December 31, 2019 
Computation of earnings per share - USPH shareholders:                  
Net income attributable to USPH shareholders $35,194  $40,039  $34,873  $40,831  $35,194  $40,039 
Credit (charges) to retained earnings:            
(Charges) credit to retained earnings:            
Revaluation of redeemable non-controlling interest  (4,632)  (11,893)  (24,770)  (13,011)  (4,632)  (11,893)
Tax effect at statutory rate (federal and state) of 26.25%  1,216   3,121   6,502 
Tax effect at statutory rate (federal and state) of 25.55% and 26.25%, respectively
  3,324   1,216   3,121 
 $31,778  $31,267  $16,605  $31,144  $31,778  $31,267 
                        
Earnings per share (basic and diluted) $2.48  $2.45  $1.31  $2.41  $2.48  $2.45 
                        
Shares used in computation:                        
Basic and diluted earnings per share - weighted-average shares  12,835   12,756   12,666   12,898
   12,835
   12,756
 
20. Related Party Transactions

73
Settlement of Short Swing Profit Claim


For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recorded approximately $20,000 related to the short swing profit settlement remitted by a shareholder of our company under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company recognized the proceeds as an increase to additional paid-in capital in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2021 and consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity, as well as in cash provided by financing activities included in Other, in the consolidated statements of cash flows, for the year ended December 31, 2021.

21. Reclassification of Prior Period Presentation


Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for consistency with the current year presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on the reported results of operations.

ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the fiscal period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that the information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;
67

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management and directors; and
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting can also be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, the risk.

Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020.2021. In making this assessment, management used the criteria described in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In accordance with guidance issued by the SEC, recently acquired businesses may be excluded from management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting in the year of acquisition.  Accordingly, management excluded the November 2021 Acquisition from management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting from the November 30, 2021, acquisition date, which excluded total assets and total net revenues representing approximately 13.3% and 0.4%, respectively, of the Company’s related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Based on this assessment, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2020.2021.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting has been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included on page 44.39.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have beenIn November 2021, we completed an acquisition of a leading provider of industrial injury prevention services. As part of our ongoing integration activities, we are currently in the process of implementing internal controls and procedures at the newly acquired entity.
Except for the integration of the newly acquired entity noted above, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 20202021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

74

ITEM 9B.OTHER INFORMATION.

Not applicable.

PART III

ITEM 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

The information required in response to this Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 20212022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year covered by this report.

ITEM 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

The information required in response to this Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 20212022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year covered by this report.

ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The information required in response to this Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 20212022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year covered by this report.

68

ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

The information required in response to this Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 20212022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year covered by this report.

ITEM 14.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

The information required in response to this Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 20212022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year covered by this report.

PART IV

ITEM 15.EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a)Documents filed as a part of this report:

1.Financial Statements. Reference is made to the Index to Financial Statements and Related Information under Item 8 in Part IIhereof, where these documents are listed.

2.Financial Statement Schedules. See page 81 for Schedule IIValuation and Qualifying Accounts. All other schedules areomitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
1.
Financial Statements. Reference is made to the Index to Financial Statements and Related Information under Item 8 in Part IIhereof, where these documents are listed.

3.Exhibits. The exhibits listed in List of Exhibits on the next page are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report.

2.
Financial Statement Schedules. See page 85 for Schedule IIValuation and Qualifying Accounts. All other schedules areomitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
3.
Exhibits. The exhibits listed in List of Exhibits on the next page are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report.
ITEM 16.
Form 10-K SummaryNone.

None.

75
69

Table of Contents
EXHIBIT INDEX
LIST OF EXHIBITS

NumberDescription
Description
Articles of Incorporation of the Company [filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference].
  
Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the Company [filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference].
  
3.3Bylaws of the Company, as amended [filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1993 and incorporated herein by reference—Commission File Number—1-11151].
  
Description of Company Securities [filed herewith the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 filed with the SEC on February 28, 2020.]
  
1999 Employee Stock Option Plan (as amended and restated May 20, 2008) [incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the SEC on April 17, 2008].
  
U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, (as amended and restated effective March 26, 2016) [incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to the Company's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on April 7, 2016.]
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2013, effective March 27, 2013 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 1, 2013].
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Cash Bonus Plan for 2013, effective March 27, 2013 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 1, 2013].
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Cash Bonus Plan for 2013, effective March 27, 2013 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 1, 2013].
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2014, effective March 21, 2014 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 27, 2014].
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2014, effective March 21, 2014 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 27, 2014].
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Cash Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2014, effective March 21, 2014 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 27, 2014].
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Cash Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2014, effective March 21, 2014 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 27, 2014].
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2015, effective March 23, 2015 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 27, 2015.]

76
70

Table of Contents

NumberDescription
U. S.U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Long Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2015, effective March 23, 2015 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 27, 2015.]
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Cash Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2015, effective March 23, 2015 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 27, 2015.]
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Cash Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2015, effective March 23, 2015 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 27, 2015.]
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Long Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2016, effective March 10, 2016 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2016].
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Long Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2016, effective March 10, 2016 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2016].
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Cash Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2016, effective March 10, 2016 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2016].
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Cash Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2016, effective March 10, 2016 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2016].
  
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2016].
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2017, effective March 24, 2017 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the SEC on February 9, 2018.]
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Long –Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2017, effective March 24, 2017 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 30, 2017.]
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Cash Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2017, effective March 24, 2017 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 30, 2017.]
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Cash Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2017, effective March 24, 2017 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 30, 2017.]
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2018, effective April 9, 2018 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 12, 2018.]

77


U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2018, effective April 9, 2018 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 12, 2018.]

71

Table of Contents
NumberDescription
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Cash/RSA Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2018, effective April 9, 2018 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 12, 2018.]
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Cash/RSA Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2018, effective April 9, 2018 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 12, 2018.]
  
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 10, 2017 among the Company, as Borrower, Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent and the Lenders Patty (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 14, 2017).
  
Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Christopher J. Reading dated effective February 9, 2016 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 12, 2016].
  
Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Lawrance W. McAfee dated effective February 9, 2016 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 12, 2016].
  
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Glenn D. McDowell dated effective February 9, 2016 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 12, 2016].
  
Employment Agreement commencing on March 1, 2018 by and between the Company and Graham Reeve [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2018].
  
Objective Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 8, 2019.]
  
Discretionary Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 8, 2019.]
  
Objective Cash/RSA Bonus Plan for Senior Management [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 8, 2019.]
  
Discretionary Cash/RSA Bonus Plan for Senior Management [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 8, 2019.]
  
Third Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Christopher J. Reading dated effective May 21, 2019 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on MarchMay 22, 2019]

78


Third Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Lawrance W. McAfee dated effective May 21, 2019 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on MarchMay 22, 2019]

72

Table of Contents
NumberDescription
Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Glenn D. McDowell dated effective May 21, 2019 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 22, 2019]
  
Amended & Restated Employment Agreement commencing by and between the Company and Graham Reeve dated effective May 21, 2019 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 22, 2019]
  
Restricted Stock Agreement [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 22, 2019]
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2020, effective March 3, 2020 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 6, 2020].
  
Amendment to Employment Agreement entered into as of March 26, 2020 by and between the Company and Christopher Reading [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 26, 2020].
Amendment to Employment Agreement entered into as of March 26, 2020 by and between the Company and Lawrance McAfee [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.210.3 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 26, 2020].
  
Amendment to Employment Agreement entered into as of March 26, 2020 by and between the Company and Glenn McDowell [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 26, 2020].
  
Amendment to Employment Agreement entered into as of March 26, 2020 by and between the Company and Graham Reeve [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 26, 2020].
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2020, effective March 3, 2020 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 6, 2020].
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Long-Term Incentive Plan for Senior Management for 2020, effective March 3, 2020 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 6, 2020].
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Objective Cash/RSA Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2020, effective March 3, 2020 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 6, 2020].
  
U. S. Physical Therapy, Inc. Discretionary Cash/RSA Bonus Plan for Senior Management for 2020, effective March 3, 2020 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 6, 2020].
  
Employment Agreement entered into as of November 9, 2020 by and between U.S. Physical Therapy and Carey Hendrickson [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 23, 2020.]
  
Consulting Agreement entered into as of September 22, 2020 by and between U.S. Physical Therapy and Lawrence McAfee [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 23, 2020.]

79


10.52+Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Eric Williams entered into on December 3, 2020 and commencing as of July 1, 2021 [filed by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 7, 2020.]
First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement [filed by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 4, 2021.]
 
 Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. *
73

Table of Contents
NumberDescription
C
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Grant Thornton LLP
  
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
  
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
  
Certification of Controller pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
  
Certification of Periodic Report of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Controller pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  
101.INS*XBRL Instance Document
  
101.SCH*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
  
101.CAL*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
  
101.DEF*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
  
101.LAB*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
  
101.PRE*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

*Filed herewith

+
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

80
74

Table of Contents


FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE*
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
U.S. PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(In Thousands)

 
Balance at
Beginning of Period
  
Additions Charged
to Costs and Expenses
  
Additions Charged
to Other Accounts
  Deductions  
Balance at
End of Period
  
Balance at
Beginning of Period
  
Additions Charged
to Costs and Expenses
  
Additions Charged
to Other Accounts
  Deductions  
Balance at
End of Period
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020:               
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021:
               
Reserves and allowances deducted from asset accounts:                              
Allowance for credit losses(1)
 $2,698  $4,623   0  $5,313
(2) 
 $2,008  $2,008  $5,305   0  $4,545
(2) 
 $2,768 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019:                    
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020:
                    
Reserves and allowances deducted from asset accounts:                                        
Allowance for credit losses $2,672  $4,858   0  $4,832
(2) 
 $2,698  $2,698  $4,623   0  $5,313
(2) 
 $2,008 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018:                    
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019:
                    
Reserves and allowances deducted from asset accounts:                                        
Allowance for credit losses $2,273  $4,603   0  $4,204
(2) 
 $2,672  $2,672  $4,858   0  $4,832
(2) 
 $2,698 


(1)Related to patient accounts receivable and accounts receivable-other.
(2)Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.

*All other schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

81
75

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 U.S. PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC.
  (Registrant)
   
 By:/s/ Carey Hendrickson
 Carey Hendrickson
 Chief Financial Officer
 (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
   
 By:/s/ Jon C. Bates
�� Jon C. Bates
 Vice President/Controller

Date: March 1, 20212022

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated as of the date indicated above.

/s/ Chris J. Reading
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
/s/ Chris J. Reading
(Principal Executive Officer)
March 1, 20212022
Chris J. Reading
/s/ Edward L. Kuntz
Chairman of the Board
March 1, 20212022
Edward L. Kuntz
/s/ Mark J. Brookner
Director
March 1, 20212022
Mark J. Brookner
/s/ Harry S. Chapman
Director
March 1, 20212022
Harry S. Chapman
/s/ Bernard A. Harris
Director
March 1, 20212022
Dr. Bernard A. Harris, Jr.

76

Table of Contents
/s/ Kathleen A. Gilmartin
Director
March 1, 20212022
Kathleen A. Gilmartin
/s/ Anne MotsenbockerDirectorMarch 1, 2022
Anne Motsenbocker
/s/ Reginald E. Swanson
Director
March 1, 20212022
Reginald E. Swanson
   
/s/ Clayton K. Trier
Director
March 1, 20212022
Clayton K. Trier


77
82